DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP
10-K, 1996-09-30
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: BANC ONE AUTO GRANTOR TRUST 1996-A, 8-K, 1996-09-30
Next: ECOMAT INC, SB-2/A, 1996-09-30



<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.   20549
                                   FORM 10-K
                                        
              [x]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                    For the fiscal year ended June 30,1996
                                       OR
               TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the transition period from         to

                        Commission file number 0-28090

                          DecisionOne Holdings Corp.

            (exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

              Delaware                                   13-3435409
     (State or other jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)
 
       50 East Swedesford Road                             19355
       Frazer, Pennsylvania                              (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

      Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (610) 296-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                               Name of each exchange on
 Title of each class                               which registered
- ---------------------                          ------------------------
        None                                             None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                         Common Stock, $.01 par value

  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes       X          No 
                                                ------------       -------------

  The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting stock held by non-
affiliates, based upon the closing price of Common Stock on August 28, 1996, as
reported by the Nasdaq National Market System, was approximately $553,605,334.
In making such calculation, registrant is not making a determination of the 
affiliate or non-affiliate status of any holders of shares of Common Stock.


  At August 28, 1996, 27,338,535 shares of the registrant's Common Stock were
outstanding.

  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [_]

                     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

  Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement prepared in connection with its
  1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Part III)
================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Item No.                                                                        Page
  --------                                                                        ----


                                     PART I
  <S>                                                                             <C>
  1.   Business    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  2.   Properties    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  3.   Legal Proceedings   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   . . . . . . . . . . .


                                    PART II

  5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters . . .
  6.   Selected Financial Data     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of.
       Operation    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial.
       Disclosure   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


                                    PART III

  10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   . . . . . . . . . . .
  11.  Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management  . . .  . .
  13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


                                    PART IV

  14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K  . . . .

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I

Item 1.  Business

General

  DecisionOne is the largest independent (i.e., not affiliated with an
original equipment manufacturer ("OEM")) provider of multivendor computer
maintenance and technology support services in the United States, based on
Dataquest Incorporated ("Dataquest") estimates of 1995 revenues. The Company's
services include hardware support, user and software support, network support
and other support services. These services are offered by the Company across a
broad range of computing environments, including mainframes, midrange and
distributed systems, workgroups, personal computers ("PCs") and related
peripherals.

  The Company has built an extensive infrastructure to provide its services,
with approximately 3,900 technical personnel located in over 150 service
locations in North America supplemented by strategic alliances in selected
international markets.  This field force is supported by the Company's
proprietary service technologies, such as its International Support Information
System ("ISIS") database, its Field Inventory System ("FIS") and its Dispatch
Data Gathering ("DDG") system, which enable the Company to manage its extensive
inventory and technician network and provide support for over 15,000 hardware
products manufactured by more than 1,000 OEMs. The Company, through its three
customer support centers ("CSCs"), provides support for most major operating
systems and over 150 shrink-wrapped software applications.

  DecisionOne markets its services through direct and indirect channels,
including a sales force of approximately 260 professionals. The Company also
works with OEMs, other computer service providers (e.g., systems integrators,
facilities management outsourcers and disaster recovery specialists) and
international support service providers to expand its marketing reach. The
Company provides its services to a diverse group of national and multinational
corporations, including American Airlines, Inc., Chevron Corp., General Electric
Company ("GE") and Netscape Communications Corporation ("Netscape"). The Company
also acts as a warranty or maintenance provider for equipment manufactured by
Compaq Computer Corporation ("Compaq"), Digital Equipment Corporation
("Digital"), International Business Machines Corporation ("IBM") and Sun
Microsystems, Inc. ("Sun"), among others.

Company History

  Founded in 1969, the Company began operations as a provider of key punch
machines under the tradename "Decision Data". During the 1980s, its operations
expanded to include the sale of midrange computer hardware and related
maintenance services. During fiscal 1993, the Company decided to focus
principally on providing computer maintenance and support services and sold its
computer hardware products business.

  From the beginning of fiscal 1993 through fiscal 1996, the Company has
established a major presence in the computer maintenance and technology support
services industry through the acquisition and integration of 27 complementary
businesses. The most significant of these were IDEA Servcom, Inc. ("Servcom"),
certain assets and liabilities of which were acquired in August 1994 for $29.5
million, and Bell Atlantic Business Systems Services ("BABSS") in October 1995
for approximately $250.0 million.

  BABSS was established in the mid-1950s under the name Sorbus Inc. and was
acquired by Bell Atlantic Corporation in 1985. In January 1990, BABSS acquired
the assets of the third-party service business of Control Data Corporation
("CDC"), expanding its presence in the maintenance of large systems. After the
CDC acquisition, BABSS focused significant resources on the development of, and
experienced significant growth in, its customer and revenue bases, and by mid-
1995 had grown to be among the largest independent providers of multivendor
computer maintenance and technology support services in the United States.

  The BABSS acquisition provided the Company with a major presence in the
servicing of large mainframe systems and in other service areas, such as
software and network support, in which the Company had not previously competed
in a significant fashion. Moreover, the acquisition further enhanced the
Company's presence in its 

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
traditional midrange business. As a result of the acquisition, BABSS became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the name of the Company's principal
operating subsidiary was changed to DecisionOne Corporation.

Industry Background

  As estimated by Dataquest, revenues in the United States hardware maintenance
and software asset support services industry were in excess of $39 billion in
1995. Independent, multivendor computer service providers' revenues accounted
for approximately $6 billion of this total. Within the independent, multivendor
segment, hardware maintenance was the dominant service, accounting for
approximately 73% of 1995 revenues. Technology support services, including
software support, network support and end-user training, comprised the remaining
27% of 1995 revenues.

  Participants in this marketplace include (i) OEM service organizations, which
historically have had a significant market share, (ii) a small number of large
independent companies offering a broad range of service capabilities, and (iii)
hundreds of smaller independent companies, servicing either specific systems or
limited geographic areas of the United States. The significant market position
of OEMs is due largely to their traditional role of servicing their own
installed base of equipment.

  Historically, large organizations satisfied information technology
requirements through mainframe or stand-alone midrange systems utilizing
hardware and software produced by a single OEM. Maintenance and support services
for these systems were usually provided directly by the OEMs or, in certain
instances, by an organization's in-house technical support staff.  However, the
Company believes a number of developments have resulted in a movement by many
organizations away from this traditional reliance on OEMs or in-house technical
support staff towards independent providers of multivendor computer maintenance
and technology support services.

  Computing environments have become increasingly complex and technology is
changing rapidly. A principal factor contributing to the complexity has been the
migration of organizations from a centralized environment characterized by
single vendor mainframe or stand-alone systems to a decentralized,
geographically diverse environment characterized by multivendor and multisystem
technologies. This has resulted in greater expense and substantial
inefficiencies for organizations in supporting their computer systems. Finally,
the overall increase in the sophistication and interdependency of computing
technology has made it more difficult for end-users to determine which system
component is at fault when a problem arises.

  All of these factors have contributed to a significant increase in the
complexity of computer maintenance and technology support. This complexity has
frequently surpassed the abilities of both the in-house support staffs of
organizations and their vendor OEMs, resulting in an increased demand for a
single-source solution. Accordingly, many organizations are now choosing to
outsource their computer maintenance and technology support services needs to
multivendor providers of these services, resulting in a demand not only for
hardware maintenance services, but also complex software and network support and
end-user training.

  The Company believes that, as the multivendor, multisystem environment becomes
more prevalent, organizations are becoming increasingly reluctant to outsource
their service needs to OEMs, which they may perceive as favoring the OEM's own
equipment and not providing as broad a range of multivendor services as do
independent providers such as the Company. Furthermore, in recent years, many
OEMs, particularly those without an extended history of providing technical
service, have focused on their core competencies and have outsourced their
service and support requirements.

Company Services

  The Company provides a comprehensive array of services to customers across a
broad range of computing environments, including mainframes, midrange and
distributed systems, workgroups, PCs and related peripherals. The Company prices
its products and services on either a fixed fee or per incident basis. Pricing
is based on various factors including equipment failure rates, cost of spare
parts and labor expenses. The Company customizes its contracts to the individual
customer based generally on the nature of the customer's requirements, the term
of the contract and the combination of services that are provided. Services are
bundled to match the support requirements 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
of customers and include hardware support, user and software support, network
support, management information services, program management, planning support
and ancillary support services.

 Hardware Support

  Hardware support services consist of remedial and preventive maintenance for
computers and computer peripheral devices as well as a variety of support
capabilities required to prepare a system for operation and improve its
efficiency. These support capabilities include support for system installation,
de-installation, moves, upgrades, reconfigurations, system configuration audits,
inventory tracking services and data restoration assistance.

  The Company supports over 15,000 different hardware products manufactured by
more than 1,000 OEMs. It maintains and manages an inventory of over 2 million
parts representing more than 250,000 part numbers. The Company also has access
to a network of computer equipment vendors, brokers and highly skilled repair
suppliers, as well as 24-hour access to certain IBM Designated Parts Sales
Locations.

  In addition to its on-site diagnostic tools, the Company uses industry and
proprietary software diagnostic capabilities to monitor system performance on a
remote basis. Also, large customers are provided remote, on-line access to
certain of the Company's systems to log service requests and track service
delivery.

  The Company also repairs and refurbishes computer parts and assemblies at
seven depot repair centers in the United States. These services are provided not
only for service customers but also OEMs, distributors and other third-party
maintenance companies. Subassemblies repaired include system logic boards, hard
disk drive assemblies, peripherals, power supplies and related equipment. The
Company's depot repair facilities located in Malvern, Pennsylvania; Boston,
Massachusetts; Milwaukee, Wisconsin; and San Francisco, California are certified
to ISO-9002 standards.

  The Company also provides logistics services, including the planning and
forecasting of parts requirements, parts sourcing, and parts inventory and
warranty management, for Compaq and other manufacturers.

 User and Software Support

  The Company's Customer Support Centers handle over 250,000 calls from
customers per month, including over 80,000 calls for help desk and software
support.  Levels of support range from basic and network support for corporate
end-users to advanced operating system support for systems administrators.
Customized support also is available for vertical market applications and OEM
accounts.  Operational services are available seven days per week, twenty-four
hours a day.

  The Company currently provides support for PC/workstation operating systems
such as Windows 95(R), Windows(R), MS-DOS(R), and Sun Microsystems' Solaris(R),
as well as support on network operating systems such as Novell Netware(R) and
Windows NT(R). Groupware products like Lotus Notes and Internet browsers such as
Netscape also are fully supported. Additionally, over 100 PC software products
ranging from spreadsheets and word processing to communications and graphics are
supported, as are numerous on-line services.

 Network Support

  The Company provides support services for networked computing environments,
including management, administration, and operations support for both local area
networks ("LANs") and wide area networks ("WANs").  Network support services are
designed to reduce the cost of ownership of networked computing, improve
productivity of network users, and supplement customers' internal support
staffs.  The Company provides both remote network management services and on-
site network services.

  Remote network management services provide monitoring of fault and performance
data in customers' networks and problem resolution from the Company's network
management center.

  The Company provides on-site network services to assist customers with network
administration, operations, and remedial support.  Network specialists may be
resident at the customer site or dispatched as necessary.


 Management Information

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  As a result of its support activities, the Company accumulates information on
hardware, network and user performance which allows it to make service
improvement recommendations to customers. Management information services allow
customers to make informed decisions relating to hardware and software
procurements as well as the need for increased employee training. The Company
believes these services differentiate it from OEMs and software developers that
may favor their own products.

 Program Management

  The Company provides ongoing management services for companies that wish to
outsource all or a portion of their services management requirements. Typical
services include third-party vendor management, fixed asset management and
tracking, on-site personnel support and program evaluation.

 Planning Support

  The Company assists customers in defining their enterprise service
requirements, establishing service delivery benchmarks, recommending process
improvements and auditing the results of implemented programs over time. As a
result of these engagements, the Company has recently begun entering into shared
risk/shared reward agreements with certain customers where, in return for a
single-source relationship, the Company ties its compensation to the attainment
of customer service cost reductions and system availability goals.

 Ancillary Support Services

  In order to provide customers with comprehensive solutions, the Company
maintains strategic alliances with several significant companies. The Company
does not receive revenues for services provided by its strategic partners. Key
relationships include: General Electric Computer Leasing Corp., which provides
computer acquisition, disposition and financing services; SunGard Recovery
Services Inc., which provides disaster recovery services; and MicroAge, Inc.,
which supplies hardware products such as personal computers, peripherals,
network products and related devices.

International Business Partners

  In order to provide international service to its multinational customers, the
Company supplements its broad North American infrastructure with strategic
alliances in selected international markets. The Company maintains relationships
with International Computers Limited ("ICL") and FBA Computer Technology
Services ("FBA"). The Company licenses many of its proprietary multivendor
support tools to FBA and to ICL Sorbus, which is ICL's multivendor services
group in Western Europe. As a result, the Company is able to offer its
multinational customers service in Western Europe, Asia and Australia.

  ICL is a leading information technology company that has approximately 23,000
employees operating in about 80 countries around the world. In Western Europe,
the ICL Sorbus companies provide multivendor services in 17 countries with
approximately 250 service locations and about 5,000 employees. Several of the
Company's major customers, including American Airlines and E. I. du Pont de
Nemours & Company, Inc. benefit from the agreement between the Company and ICL
Sorbus, whereby ICL Sorbus agrees to provide services at the European locations
of the Company's multinational customers. The Company also utilizes ICL's other
service branches for worldwide multivendor support, including the Hong Kong
facility which manages services offerings to 18 countries throughout Asia, India
and the Pacific Rim.

  FBA, an affiliate of Fujitsu Ltd., provides multivendor services in Australia
and New Zealand from 21 locations with 150 employees. In addition to providing
technical support to FBA, the Company has supplied various management and sales
support personnel to FBA. FBA also provides services to certain of the Company's
multinational customers, including Sun.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Service Infrastructure

 Centralized Dispatch

  When a customer places a call for remedial maintenance, the Company uses its
DDG system to manage the process. When a customer is identified, the DDG system
displays the customer's service level requirements and covered equipment.
Specific information on the symptoms of the problem and the products that are
malfunctioning are entered into the system to begin tracking the service event.
The Company's Customer Support Representative ("CSR") selects, based upon the
requirements of the service event, the appropriate Customer Service Engineer
("CSE") from a list of pre-assigned primary and back-up personnel and passes
this information to the selected CSE.

  The Company maintains three CSC's in Malvern, Pennsylvania; Bloomington,
Minnesota; and Austin, Texas. Customers can reach the CSCs by calling one toll-
free telephone number. The CSCs currently are staffed with over 260 CSRs and 17
staff/operations managers. There is a duty manager on call in each center at all
times. CSCs are available on a 24 hour, 7 day per week basis. Redundancy for
disaster recovery purposes is designed into the CSC system through the three
locations' use of automatic telecommunications switching.

 Inventory Logistics

  In order to meet customer computer repair requirements, the Company maintains
a tiered approach to inventory management. Parts or assemblies with low failure
rates or high costs are stocked in either the Company's central distribution
center located in Malvern, Pennsylvania or in its critical parts center in
Dallas, Texas. The Company also maintains six regional distribution centers in
Atlanta, Georgia; Newark, New Jersey; Los Angeles, California; San Francisco,
California; Chicago, Illinois; and Wilmington, Ohio for critical parts needed
more frequently throughout the United States. In order to service customers
whose response time requirements are two to four hours, higher usage parts are
maintained at the Company's branch offices or local Attended Stocking Locations.
Customer site parts storage is arranged when customer response time requirements
are two hours or less.

  FIS is a real-time system which tracks the Company's inventory and repairable
spare parts assigned to its field workforce and located at seven distribution
centers, field offices or at customer sites. Parts information processed through
FIS is integrated with the Company's other key systems, including DDG and ISIS.

 Service Technology

  The Company has developed several proprietary technologies for use in service
planning, support and delivery. These service tools include proprietary
databases, remote diagnostic and system monitoring software, and instructional
documentation. These technical support tools not only provide remote and on-site
predictive and remedial service support, but also enable the Company to collect
extensive, objective systems performance measurement information (on the
customer's environment as well as benchmarking against the Company's database)
which its customers can use to identify potential efficiencies, evaluate
competing products and technologies, and determine whether its requirements are
being met.

  The Company's proprietary service technologies include ISIS, SERVICE EDGE and
MAXwatch(R). The Company licenses certain of these technologies and provides
other technical support to certain foreign multivendor service providers,
including ICL Sorbus in Europe, FBA in Australia and New Zealand, and PT
Metrodata Electronics in Indonesia.

  International Support Information Systems.   ISIS is a database accessible to
the Company's customer service engineers that is comprised of diagnostic and
symptom fix data for thousands of products, service updates, and service
planning information, such as machine performance and parts usage information,
and remote support capabilities for large IBM systems, including automatic
"call home" to the Company.   The Company believes that ISIS is the most
comprehensive service-related database of any independent computer service
organization.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  SERVICE EDGE.   SERVICE EDGE is a PC-based system installed at the customer's
site which monitors error messages and collects and reports service data to help
customers predict potential system failures and provide customers with system
performance information.

  MAXwatch(R).  MAXwatch(R) is an on-site program for Digital products which
monitors system integrity, proactively detects and corrects certain system
errors, and automatically "calls home" for remote technical support when pre-
defined error thresholds are exceeded. A similar product, MAX400, is available
for IBM AS/400 systems.

 Training

  The Company maintains the technical expertise of its engineers through
training programs designed to teach the various techniques for determining the
status of a customer's total computer operations. The Company's training offers
support professionals a broad exposure to various computer system technologies.

  The Company's training facilities include 26 classrooms, 23,000 square feet of
hands-on lab space, 26 full-time instructors and video specialists and a
curriculum of over 80 courses. The Company has five training centers and labs
located in Frazer, Pennsylvania; Malvern, Pennsylvania; Bloomington, Minnesota;
Milwaukee, Wisconsin; and Phoenix, Arizona. Six months following course work,
the Company surveys the engineers to gauge the effectiveness and applicability
of its training curriculum.

Sales and Marketing

  The Company sells its services through both direct and indirect sales
channels. The Company's direct sales force consists of approximately 220 sales
professionals who are organized into a general commercial sales group as well as
into several dedicated groups including: a Federal Group, which sells to the
Federal Government; a National Accounts Group, which focuses on large and
multinational corporate customers; and a Telesales Group, which focuses on small
accounts.

  The Company also sells its services through its indirect sales force comprised
of approximately 40 sales professionals. Product support relationships exist
with OEMs such as Sequent Computer Corporation, EMC/2 Corporation, Sun and
Compaq, and software developers such as Netscape, Novell, Inc., Microsoft
Corporation and SunSoft, Inc.

Customers

  The Company services over 40,000 customers at over 130,000 sites across the
United States and Canada. The Company sells services to five types of customers:
large businesses that have complex computing support needs and typically
maintain a data center, distributed computing and work group environments;
medium-sized businesses that rely primarily on distributed systems for their
computing needs; small businesses that principally use LANs and WANs for
computing; individuals who use stand-alone computing systems; and OEMs and
software developers that contract with the Company for warranty services,
logistic support services or help desk support. A significant portion of the
Company's revenues are attributable to large businesses with complex computing
support needs.

Competition

  Competition among computer support service providers, both OEM and independent
service organizations, is intense. The Company believes that approximately 80%
of that portion of the hardware maintenance services market that is related to
mainframes and stand-alone midrange systems is currently serviced by OEM service
organizations. In addition, the Company believes that OEM service organizations
provide a smaller, but still significant, portion of the computer maintenance
services related to distributed systems, workgroups and PCs. The remainder of
the market is serviced by a small number of larger, independent companies, such
as the Company, offering a broader range of service capabilities, as well as
numerous small companies focusing on narrower areas of expertise.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  The Company considers its principal competitors to include: IBM and its
affiliate Technology Service Solutions, Digital, the multivendor service
divisions of certain other OEMs, other national independent service
organizations that are not affiliated with OEMs such as Vanstar Corporation,
Entex Corporation and Stream International, Inc., and various regional service
providers.

  The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in the computer
services industry are the quality of a company's services, the ability to
service a wide range of products supplied by a variety of vendors, the
geographic coverage of a company's services and the cost to the customer of
those services. The Company believes that customers are increasingly looking for
service providers capable of providing a single-source solution for their
increasingly complex multivendor systems.

  See "Risk Factors--Competition; Competitive Advantages of OEMs".

EMPLOYEES

     As of June 30, 1996, the Company had approximately 5,600 full-time and 50
part-time employees.  None of the Company's employees is currently covered by
collective bargaining agreements.  Management considers employee relations to be
good.

RISK FACTORS

  Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

     This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements that are subject
to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, without
limitation, those preceded by, followed by or that include the words "believes,"
"expects," "anticipates" or similar expressions. For such statements the Company
claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements
contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The important
factors, discussed below, could cause actual results to differ materially from
those expressed in such forward-looking statements.

Contract-Based Revenue; Fixed Fee Contracts

  As is customary in the computer services industry, the Company experiences
losses of its contract-based revenue as customers may, typically upon 30, 60 or
90-days notice, either cancel or elect not to renew their contracts with the
Company or eliminate certain equipment or services from coverage under the
contracts. Over 85% of the Company's revenues during the year ended June 30,
1996 were contract-based. The Company believes the principal reasons for the
loss of contract-based revenue are the replacement of the equipment being
serviced with new equipment covered under a manufacturer's warranty, the
discontinuance of the use of equipment being serviced for a customer due to
obsolescence or a customer's determination to utilize a competitor's services or
to move technical support services in-house. While the Company has been able to
maintain revenue growth through new contracts and acquisitions, there can be no
assurance it will continue to do so in the future.

  Under many of the Company's contracts, the customer pays a fixed fee for
customized bundled services which are priced by the Company based on its best
estimates of various factors, including estimated future equipment failure
rates, cost of spare parts and labor expenses. While the Company believes it has
historically been able to estimate these factors accurately enough to be able to
price these fixed-fee contracts on terms favorable to the Company, there can be
no assurance the Company will be able to continue to do so in the future.

Management and Funding of Growth

  Any future growth of the Company will require the Company to manage its
expanding domestic operations and international affiliations and to adapt its
operational systems to respond to changes in the business environment, while
maintaining a competitive cost structure. The BABSS acquisition and the
expansion of the Company's service offerings have placed and will continue to
place significant demands on the Company and its management to improve the
Company's operational, financial and management information systems, to develop
further the management skills of the Company's managers and supervisors, and to
continue to train, motivate and effectively 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
manage the Company's employees. The failure of the Company to manage its prior
or any future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.

  Additionally, the Company's ability to maintain and increase its revenue base
and to respond to shifts in customer demand and changes in industry trends will
be partially dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash flow or obtain
sufficient capital for the purpose of, among other things, financing
acquisitions, satisfying customer contractual requirements and financing
infrastructure growth, including a significant investment in repairable spare
parts, which are classified as non-current assets.  There can be no assurance
the Company will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or that outside
financing will be available on acceptable terms to fund the Company's future
growth.

Competition; Competitive Advantages of OEMs

  Competition among computer support service providers, both OEM and independent
service organizations, is intense. The Company believes approximately 80% of
that portion of industry hardware maintenance services related to mainframes and
stand-alone midrange systems is currently serviced by OEM service organizations.
In addition, the Company believes that OEM service organizations provide a
smaller, but still significant, portion of the computer maintenance services
related to distributed systems, workgroups and PCs. The remainder of the market
is serviced by a small number of larger, independent companies, such as the
Company, offering a broader range of service capabilities, as well as numerous
small companies focusing on narrower areas of expertise or serving limited
geographic areas.

  In most instances, OEM service organizations have greater resources than the
Company, and, because of their access to the OEM's engineering data, may be able
to respond more quickly to servicing equipment that incorporates new or emerging
technologies. Moreover, some OEMs, especially in the mainframe environment, do
not make available to end-users or independent service organizations the
technical information, spare parts, diagnostics, engineering changes and other
support items required to service their products, and design and sell their
products in a manner so as to make it virtually impossible for a third party to
perform maintenance services without potentially infringing upon certain
proprietary rights of the OEM. See "--Inventory Management" and "--Copyright
Issues." Therefore, OEM service organizations sometimes have a cost and timing
advantage over the Company because the Company must first develop or acquire
from another party the required support items before the Company can provide
services for that equipment. An OEM's cost advantage, the unavailability of
required support items or various proprietary rights of the OEM may preclude the
Company from servicing certain products.

  In June 1994, IBM filed in the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York a motion to terminate a 1956 consent decree (the "IBM
Consent Decree") that, among other things, requires IBM to provide spare parts,
documentation and other support items for IBM electronic data processing systems
to third parties on reasonable terms and places other restrictions on IBM's
conduct. On January 18, 1996, the Court entered an order approving a
modification of the IBM Consent Decree that, among other things, terminated the
IBM Consent Decree except insofar as it applies to the System 360/370/390
(mainframes) and AS/400 (midrange) families of IBM products. In July 1996, IBM
and the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") reached an agreement in tentative
settlement of the remainder of IBM's motion (the "Proposed Settlement"). The
Proposed Settlement is subject to approval by the Court after a public comment
period. Moreover, each of IBM and DOJ reserves the right to withdraw consent to
the Proposed Settlement at any time until final approval by the Court. Under the
terms of the Proposed Settlement, certain of the remaining provisions of the IBM
Consent Decree (primarily relating to sales and marketing restrictions on IBM)
would terminate either immediately upon, or within six months of, entry of an
order by the Court approving the Proposed Settlement; all of the other remaining
provisions (including those requiring IBM to provide parts and other support
items to third parties) would terminate on July 2, 2000 with respect to AS/400
systems and on July 2, 2001 with respect to System 360/370/390 mainframes. The
impact, if any, upon the Company if such sales and marketing restrictions are
terminated is impossible to predict because it depends upon what changes, if
any, IBM would make in its sales and marketing policies and practices. If the
remaining provisions of the IBM Consent Decree are terminated as to mainframe
and midrange products, the Company's ability to service these products may be
adversely affected. Furthermore, as the Company's business is highly dependent
upon its ability to service a wide variety of equipment in a multivendor
environment (See "--Dependence on Computer Industry Trends"), the inability to
compete effectively for the service of IBM mainframes and midrange products
could cause the loss of a
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
substantial portion of the Company's customer base to IBM or an IBM affiliate,
which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

Acquisition Growth Strategy

  The Company has historically pursued an aggressive acquisition strategy,
acquiring 27 complementary businesses from the beginning of fiscal 1993 through
June 30, 1996. The Company expects to continue to evaluate acquisitions that can
provide meaningful benefits by expanding the Company's hardware maintenance and
technology support capabilities and leveraging its existing infrastructure.
However, there are various risks associated with pursuing an acquisition
strategy of this nature. The risks include problems inherent in integrating new
businesses, including potential loss of customers and key personnel and
potential disruption of operations. There can be no assurance that suitable
acquisition candidates will be available, that acquisitions can be completed on
reasonable terms, that the Company will successfully integrate the operations of
any acquired entities or that the Company will have access to adequate funds to
effect any desired acquisitions. See "--Management and Funding of Growth" and
"Dependence on Computer Industry Trends".

Inventory Management

  In order to service its customers, the Company is required to maintain a high
level of inventory for extended periods of time. While the Company believes it
has maintained sufficient reserves for inventory obsolescence, any decrease in
the demand for the Company's maintenance services could result in a substantial
portion of the Company's inventory becoming excess, obsolete or otherwise
unusable. In addition, rapid changes in technology could render significant
portions of the Company's inventory obsolete, thereby giving rise to inventory
write-offs and a reduction in profitability. The inability of the Company to
manage its inventory or the need to write off inventory in the future could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial results and
results of operations.

  Inventory purchases are made from OEMs and other vendors. The Company
typically has more than a single source of supply for each part and component,
but from time to time it will have only a single supplier for a particular part.
In some cases, the Company's OEM customer may be the only source of supply for a
repair part or component. Should a supplier be unwilling or unable to supply any
part or component in a timely manner, the Company's business could be adversely
affected. In addition, the Company is dependent upon IBM for obtaining certain
parts that are critical to the maintenance of certain IBM mainframe and midrange
systems that IBM is currently required to make available to third parties
pursuant to the IBM Consent Decree. There can no assurance that the IBM Consent
Decree will continue in effect in a manner that will require IBM to make these
parts available (See "--Competition; Competitive Advantages of OEMs"). Even if
such parts or components are available, a shortage of supply could result in an
increase in procurement costs which, if not passed on to the customer, may
adversely affect the Company's profitability.

Copyright Issues

  In connection with the Company's performance of most hardware maintenance, the
computer system which is being serviced must be turned on for the purpose of
service or repair. When the computer is turned on, the resident operating system
software and, in some cases diagnostic software, is transferred from a
peripheral storage device or a hard disk drive into the computer's random access
memory. Within the past several years, several OEMs have been involved in
litigation with independent service organizations, including the Company, in
which they have claimed such transfer constitutes the making of an unauthorized
''copy'' of such software by the independent service organization which
infringes on the software copyrights held by the OEMs. The Company is aware of
three cases in this area which have been decided in favor of the OEM. Although
the Company was not a party in any of these cases, three similar claims have
been asserted against the Company, each of which has been resolved. Litigation
of this nature can be time consuming and expensive, and there can be no
assurance the Company will not be a party to similar litigation in the future,
or that such litigation would be resolved on terms that do not have a material
adverse effect on the Company.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  Certain proposed amendments to the copyright laws that are pending in Congress
would, if enacted, limit manufacturers' ability to make copyright claims similar
to those of the OEMs mentioned above with respect to the transfer of operating
system software into random access memory. However, there can be no assurance
such legislation will be adopted.

Dependence on Computer Industry Trends

  The Company's future success is dependent upon the continuation of a number of
trends in the computer industry, including the migration by information
technology end-users to multivendor and multisystem computing environments, the
overall increase in the sophistication and interdependency of computing
technology, and a focus by information technology managers on cost-efficient
management. The Company believes these trends have resulted in a movement by
both end-users and OEMs towards outsourcing and an increased demand for support
service providers that have the ability to provide a broad range of multivendor
support services. There can be no assurance these trends will continue into the
future.

  Additionally, rapid technological change and compressed product life cycles
which may lead to the development of improved or lower cost technologies, higher
quality hardware with significantly reduced failure rates and maintenance needs,
or customer decisions to replace rather than continue to maintain aging
hardware, could result in a reduced need for the Company's services in the
future. Moreover, such rapid technological changes could adversely affect the
Company's ability to predict equipment failure rates, and, therefore, to
establish prices that provide adequate profitability.

Dependence on Key Personnel

  The Company's continued success depends, to a large extent, upon the efforts
and abilities of key managerial employees, particularly the Company's executive
officers. See "Item 10--Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant".
Competition for qualified management personnel in the industry is intense. The
loss of the services of certain of these key employees or the failure to retain
qualified employees when needed could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business. The Company does not maintain key man insurance.


Item 2.   Properties

  The Company leases certain office and warehouse facilities under operating
leases and subleases that expire at various dates through November 30, 2005. The
Company's executive offices are located at the Frazer, Pennsylvania facilities
listed below. The principal facilities currently leased or subleased by the
Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                  Square
                   Location                       Footage  Lease Expiration
   --------------------------------------------   -------  ----------------
   <S>                                            <C>       <C>
   Frazer, Pennsylvania (Office)...............   109,800   November 2005
   Frazer, Pennsylvania (Office)...............    35,968     April 2003
   Malvern, Pennsylvania (Depot/Call Center)...   200,000      May 2000
   Horsham, Pennsylvania (Warehouse)...........   100,000   December 1999
   Bloomington, Minnesota (Call Center)........    66,000     March 1998
   Hayward, California (Depot).................    91,000     June 1997
   Northborough, Massachusetts (Depot).........    52,778     July 1998
</TABLE>

  The Company's management believes that its current facilities will be adequate
to meet its projected growth for at least the next several years.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

  The Company is a party, from time to time, to lawsuits arising in the ordinary
course of business. The Company believes it is not currently a party to any
material legal proceedings. However, within the past several years, several OEMs
have been involved in litigation with independent service organizations,
including the Company, in which such OEMs have claimed infringement of software
copyrights held by the OEMs.  The Company currently is not involved in any such
litigation.  See "Risk Factors--Copyright Issues."

  The Company, or certain businesses as to which it is alleged that the Company
is a successor, have been identified as potentially responsible parties in
respect of three waste disposal sites that have been identified by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency as Superfund Sites: (i) PAS Irwin Dump
Site, Oswego, New York (and six satellite sites, including the Fulton Terminals
Site, Fulton, New York); (ii) North Penn Area 6 Site, Lansdale, Pennsylvania;
and (iii) Revere Chemical Site, Nockamixon, Pennsylvania. In addition, the
Company received a notice several years ago that it may be a potentially
responsible party with respect to the Boarhead Farms Site, Bridgeton,
Pennsylvania, at a site related to the Revere Chemical site, but has not
received any additional communication with respect to that site. Under
applicable law, all parties responsible for disposal of hazardous substances at
those sites are jointly and severally liable for clean-up costs. The Company has
estimated that its share of the costs of the clean-up of one of the sites will
be approximately $500,000, which has been provided for in liabilities related to
the discontinued products division in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets as of June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994.  Complete information as to the scope
of required clean-up at these sites is not yet available and, therefore,
management's evaluation may be affected as further information becomes
available. However, in light of information currently available to management,
including information regarding assessments of the sites to date and the nature
of involvement of the Company's predecessor at the sites, it is management's
opinion that the Company's share, if any, of the cost of clean-up of these sites
will not be material to the consolidated financial position, results of
operations or liquidity of the Company.  See Note 18 of the Notes to the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1996.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

  The common stock of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. trades on the Nasdaq National
Market System, under the symbol "DOCI". As of September 23, 1996, there were
approximately 1,700 stockholders of record.

  The Company has not declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock during
its last five fiscal years.  The Company currently intends to retain any future
earnings for use in its business and does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future.

  The Company's common stock began trading on April 4, 1996.   High and low 
trade prices, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market System, for the period
April 4, 1996 to June 30, 1996 were $29 3/4 and $19 1/2, respectively.


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

  The following selected consolidated financial data sets forth, for the periods
and the dates indicated, selected consolidated financial data of the Company,
derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company.
The consolidated financial data of the Company for the years ended June 30,
1994, 1995 and 1996 and as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 are derived from the
Company's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
The information set forth below is qualified by reference to and should be read
in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                            Years Ended June 30,
                                                 ------------------------------------------
The Company                                  1992        1993        1994       1995       1996
- -----------                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                   (in thousands,  except per share data)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                   
Statement of Operations Data:(1)
Revenues................................   $112,773    $114,060    $108,416    $163,020   $540,191
Income (loss) before discontinued                                                                 
 operations and extraordinary item......      1,441      (5,234)     10,112      41,415     20,789
Net income (loss) (2)...................      2,524     (10,590)     10,112      42,528     18,862
Income Per Share Data: (3)
Primary income (loss) per common share:
 Continuing operations..................   $   0.11    $  (0.25)   $   0.45    $   1.81   $   0.83
Net income (loss).......................       0.19       (0.50)       0.45        1.86       0.75
Fully diluted income (loss) per common
 share:
 Continuing operations..................       0.11       (0.25)       0.45        1.79       0.82
Net income (loss).......................       0.19       (0.50)       0.45        1.84       0.74
Balance Sheet Data:
Inventory...............................   $ 14,787    $  7,146    $  4,459    $  4,024   $ 30,130
Repairable parts inventory..............     19,657      13,545       9,473      27,360    154,970
Total assets............................     84,846      44,721      35,496     135,553    514,510
Long-term debt, less current portion....     60,175      44,769       2,366       6,157    188,582
Redeemable preferred stock..............         --          --       6,436       6,811         --
Total stockholders' equity (deficiency).    (47,477)    (58,146)    (27,627)     14,677    180,793
</TABLE>

(1) The Selected Financial Data presented includes the results of operations and
    balance sheet data of the Company, including the following significant
    acquisitions: Servcom from September 1, 1994 and BABSS from October 20,
    1995.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
(2) The years ended June 30, 1992 through 1994 include income taxes based on an
    effective tax rate substantially less than the 40% effective tax rate used
    for the year ended June 30, 1996. The year ended June 30, 1995 includes a
    $23.1 million net benefit arising from the recognition of future tax
    benefits of tax loss carryforwards and temporary timing differences.
(3) Primary and fully diluted income per share data for all periods presented 
    reflects the automatic conversion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock into an
    aggregate of 11,271,941 shares of Common Stock which occurred upon
    completion of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock ("IPO").

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.

  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements including the notes thereto, included in Item
9 herein.

  This discussion contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ significantly from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors."

Company History

  Founded in 1969, the Company began operations as a provider of key punch
machines under the tradename "Decision Data". During the 1980s, its operations
expanded to include the sale of midrange computer hardware and related
maintenance services. During fiscal 1993, the Company decided to focus
principally on providing computer maintenance and support services and sold its
computer hardware products business.

  From the beginning of fiscal 1993 through fiscal 1996, the Company established
a major presence in the computer maintenance and technology support services
industry through the acquisition and integration of 27 complementary businesses.
The most significant of these were IDEA Servcom, Inc. ("Servcom"), certain
assets and liabilities of which were acquired in August 1994 for $29.5 million,
and Bell Atlantic Business Systems Services ("BABSS") in October 1995 for
approximately $250.0 million.

  On October 20, 1995, the Company completed its acquisition of BABSS, for
approximately $250 million. At the time of the acquisition, BABSS was among the
largest independent service organizations servicing end-user organizations and
OEMs. Prior to the acquisition of BABSS, the Company had higher gross margins
than BABSS principally because approximately 30% of the Company's revenues in
fiscal 1995 were attributable to higher margin contracts involving systems that
can be serviced by only a limited number of service providers ("proprietary
systems"), whereas BABSS had no revenues from such systems.

  The Company's primary source of revenue is from contracted services for
multivendor computer maintenance and technology support services, including
hardware support, user and software support, network support and other support
services. Approximately 70% of the Company's revenues during the last fiscal
year were derived from maintenance contracts for post-warranty service covering
a broad spectrum of computer hardware. These contracts typically have a
stipulated monthly fee over a fixed initial term (e.g., one year) and continue
thereafter unless canceled by either party. In addition, the Company enters into
per incident arrangements with its customers. Per incident contracts can cover a
range of bundled services for computer maintenance or support services or for a

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
specific service, e.g., network support or equipment relocation services.
Another form of per incident service revenues includes time and material
billings for ad hoc services, principally maintenance and repair, provided by
the Company. Furthermore, the Company derives other revenues from the repair of
hardware and components at the Company's logistics services and depot repair
facilities. Pricing of the Company's services is based on various factors
including equipment failure rates, cost of spare parts and labor expenses. The
Company customizes its contracts to the individual customer based generally on
the nature of the customer's requirements, the term of the contract and the
services that are provided.

  The Company experiences revenue growth from two principal sources: internally
generated sales from its direct sales force and the acquisition of contracts and
businesses of other service providers. The Company experiences loss of revenue
under contract when customers replace contract-based equipment being serviced
with new equipment covered under a manufacturer's warranty, discontinue the use
of equipment being serviced due to obsolescence, choose to use a competitor's
services or move technical support services in-house.

  Cost of revenues is comprised principally of personnel-related costs
(including fringe benefits), inventory cost recognition, amortization of spare
parts and facilities costs and related expenses.

  The acquisition of contracts and businesses has generally provided the Company
with an opportunity to realize economies of scale because the Company does not
increase its costs related to facilities and personnel in the same proportion as
increases in acquired revenues.

Results of Operations

  This discussion of results of operations is presented for the Company for the
fiscal years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994.  The results of operations of
the Company include the operations of BABSS from October 20, 1995 and Servcom
from September 1, 1994.

  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating
data as a percentage of revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                 Fiscal years ended June 30,
                                                 ---------------------------
                                                 1996       1995       1994
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>
    Revenues................................     100.0%     100.0%    100.0%
    Cost of revenues........................      74.5       69.6      71.0
                                                 -----      -----     -----
      Gross profit..........................      25.5       30.4      29.0
    Selling, general and administrative           
      expenses..............................      12.8       13.5      15.2
    Amortization and write-off of                  
      intangibles...........................       2.9        4.2       5.0
    Provision (credit) for unused leases....         -          -      (5.9)
    Restructuring expense...................       0.7          -         -
                                                 -----      -----     -----
    Total operating expenses................      16.4       17.7      14.3
                                                 -----      -----     -----
      Operating income......................       9.1       12.7      14.7
    Interest expense........................       2.7        1.5       4.5
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes....       2.6      (14.2)      0.9
    Gain from discontinued operations.......         -       (0.7)        -
    Extraordinary item - early                     
      extinguishment of debt................       0.3          -         - 
                                                 -----      -----     -----
      Net income............................       3.5%      26.1%      9.3%
                                                 =====      =====     =====
</TABLE>

Fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995

  Revenues:   Revenues increased by $377.2 million, or 231.4%, from $163.0
million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 to $540.2 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1996.  The increase is largely a result of acquisitions,
principally the BABSS acquisition in October 1995 which accounted for
approximately $350 million of the increase.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
  Gross profit:   Gross profit increased by $88.4 million, or 178.6%, from $49.5
million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 to $137.9  million  for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit
decreased from 30.4% to 25.5%, reflecting the change in mix of services
resulting from the acquisition of BABSS. As a result of that acquisition, a
smaller portion of revenues was derived from proprietary systems which typically
generate higher profit margins than services for non-proprietary systems.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses:   Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by $47.2 million, from $22.0 million for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 to $69.2 million for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1996, principally as a result of the additional expenses relating to the
revenue growth discussed above. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general
and administrative decreased from 13.5% to 12.8%, respectively, reflecting
economies of scale.

  Amortization and write-off of intangibles:   Amortization of intangibles
increased by $8.9 million, from $6.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1995 to $15.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, principally due
to the amortization of intangibles arising from the BABSS acquisition.

  Restructuring expense:   During fiscal 1996, the Company recorded $3.6 million
(net of adjustments recording during the year) in restructuring costs. These
costs were related principally to future rent obligations and related costs for
facilities of the Company that the Company determined were no longer required as
a result of the acquisition of BABSS.

  Interest expense:   Interest expense increased by $12.2 million, from $2.5
million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 to $14.7 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1996, principally as a result of the indebtedness incurred
to finance the acquisition of BABSS. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements.

  Provision for income taxes:   The income tax provision for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996 was based on an effective tax rate of approximately 40%.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995, the Company reported an income tax
benefit equivalent of approximately 126%, arising primarily from the recognition
of future tax benefits of tax loss carry-forwards and temporary timing
differences.  See Note 11 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.

  Extraordinary item - early extinguishment of debt:  Upon consummation of its
IPO in April 1996, the Company was required to pay the total outstanding
principal amount of its $30 million of 10.101% subordinated debentures due
October 20, 2001.  This prepayment resulted in the write-off of unamortized
original issue discount of approximately $1.9 million, net of income tax effect
of $1.3 million, related to warrants issued with the debentures.

 Fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994

  Revenues:   Revenues increased by $54.6 million, or 50.4%, from $108.4 million
for fiscal 1994 to $163.0 million for fiscal 1995. The increase principally
reflected the benefit throughout the period of the Company's acquisition of
certain assets and liabilities of Servcom in August 1994. Servcom had a monthly
revenue base of approximately $5 million at the time of the acquisition.

  Gross profit:   Gross profit increased by $18.1 million, or 57.6%, from $31.4
million in fiscal 1994 to $49.5 million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of
revenues, gross profit increased from 29.0% to 30.4%, principally as a result of
increased revenues from service contracts without a proportionate increase in
personnel costs.

  Selling, general and administrative:   Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased by $5.5 million, from $16.5 million in fiscal 1994 to $22.0
million in fiscal 1995. The increase is related predominantly to the Servcom
acquisition, which required additional administrative and selling support for
the Servcom customer contracts. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general
and administrative expenses decreased from 15.2% to 13.5%, due to economies of
scale.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
  Amortization and write-off of intangibles:   Amortization of intangibles
increased by $1.4 million, from $5.4 million in fiscal 1994 to $6.8 million in
fiscal 1995. The amortization in fiscal 1994 included a $2.9 million write-off
of intangibles relating to acquisitions in prior years. Furthermore,
amortization of intangibles arising from acquisitions made in 1991 and 1992
ended during fiscal 1994, offsetting, in part, the additional amortization of
intangibles recorded during fiscal 1995 as a result of the August 1994
acquisition of Servcom.

  Credit for unused leases:  During fiscal 1994, the Company recorded a benefit
of $6.4 million arising from the settlement of lease obligations for facilities
no longer used in the Company's business, which obligations had previously been
accrued in fiscal 1993.  During fiscal 1995, there were no comparable lease
settlements.

  Interest expense:   Interest expense decreased $2.3 million, from $4.8 million
in fiscal 1994 to $2.5 million in fiscal 1995, due to the 1994 Financial
Restructuring (see Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements) and a decrease in the prevailing interest rates on bank loans.

  Income taxes:   During fiscal 1995, the Company recorded a $23.1 million
income tax benefit related to the expected utilization of tax loss carryforwards
(which is net of a $10 million offsetting charge for potential limitations on
their use) and the future tax benefit of other deductible temporary differences.
As of June 30, 1995, based on its ability to generate taxable income, the
Company recorded the appropriate deferred taxes.  See Note 11 of the Notes to
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.  The effective tax rate in 1994
was approximately 9.2%, which resulted from application of alternative minimum
income tax and state taxes.

  Discontinued operations:   During fiscal 1995, the Company revised its
estimates of certain accruals created as a result of the disposal of its
computer products division during fiscal 1993. The reversal of certain accruals
resulted in $1.1 million in additional net income in fiscal 1995. See Note 3 of
the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Limitation on Use of Net Operating Loss and Other Tax Credit Carryforwards

  At June 30, 1996, the Company had tax loss carryforwards of approximately
$38.1 million, which expire between 2002 and 2009, and other tax credits of
approximately $1.1 million, available indefinitely, for federal income tax
purposes. The Company believes that the IPO may have caused an "ownership
change" pursuant to applicable regulations in effect under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Company
therefore estimates that the use of these tax loss carryforwards and other tax
credits will be limited during any future period subsequent to June 30, 1996 to
approximately $20.0 million per annum.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  Until its IPO in April 1996, the Company's principal sources of capital had
been borrowings from banks, private placements of equity and debt securities
with principal stockholders and cash flow generated by operations.

  The Company has relied on banks as the primary source of funds required for
larger acquisitions, such as the August 1994 acquisition of certain assets and
liabilities of Servcom and the October 1995 acquisition of BABSS. The Company's
smaller acquisitions since July 1993 have been funded largely through a
combination of seller financing and cash.

  As stated above, in fiscal 1994, the Company initiated the 1994 Financial
Restructuring. Prior to the 1994 Financial Restructuring, the Company was not in
default on any of its debt instruments. However, the payment-in-kind provisions
that permitted the Company to pay in full its obligations under the Company's
14.5% Senior Subordinated Notes and 13.5% Junior Subordinated Notes by issuance
of additional notes were scheduled to expire. The Company would not have had
sufficient cash flow to satisfy its obligations under the notes, and the 1994
Restructuring was completed to reduce the Company's debt service obligations and
avoid defaulting under the subordinated notes. See Notes 10 and 14 of the Notes
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

  In October 1995, the Company used a combination of bank financing and private
placements to finance the approximately $250 million acquisition of BABSS and to
repay existing bank debt of $31.5 million. The Company borrowed $230.0 million
from banks, and obtained an additional $30 million from the private placement of
Series C 

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
Preferred Stock and $30.0 million from the issuance of the 10.101% subordinated
notes due 2002. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements. In addition, the banks provided the Company with the $30.0 million
1995 Revolving Credit Facility.

  In April 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering raising $106
million through the issuance of 6.3 million shares of common stock.  The Company
used the proceeds to repay approximately $70 million of the 1995 Term Loan and
$30 million of the 10.101% subordinated notes due 2001.  Concurrent with the
IPO, the Company's Preferred Stock (Series A, B and C) were converted into
common stock in accordance with the terms of each series.

  In April 1996 the Company converted the 1995 Term Loan and the existing $30
million Revolving Credit Facility into a $225 million variable rate, unsecured
revolving credit facility ("the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility").  The 1996
Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at floating rates, based either on the
LIBOR or prime rate, in either case plus an applicable margin, at the Company's
option.  As of June 30, 1996, the applicable rate was LIBOR plus  0.75%, or
6.32%.  To offset the variable rate characteristic of the borrowings, the
Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements resulting in fixed
Eurodollar interest rates of 5.4% on $40.0 million through December 1997 and
5.5% on another $40.0 million through December 1998, thereby leaving
approximately $100 million subject to floating rates under the 1996 Revolving
Credit Facility.  See Notes 1 and 10 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.

  The borrower under the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility is the Company's primary
operating subsidiary, DecisionOne Corporation.  Repayment of the debt is
guaranteed by the Company and its other subsidiaries, except for its Canadian
subsidiary.

  As of June 30, 1996, the Company had available borrowings under the 1996
Revolving Credit Facility of $35.1 million.

  The Company, or certain businesses as to which it is alleged that the Company
is a successor, have been identified as potentially responsible parties in
respect of three waste disposal sites that have been identified by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency as Superfund sites. In addition, the Company
received a notice several years ago that it may be a potentially responsible
party in respect of a fourth, related site, but has not received any other
communication in respect of that site. The Company has estimated that its share
of the costs of the clean-up of one of the sites will be approximately $500,000,
which has been provided for in liabilities related to the discontinued products
division in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 1996,
and 1995. Complete information as to the scope of required clean-up at these
sites is not yet available and, therefore, management's evaluation may be
affected as further information becomes available. However, in light of
information currently available to management, including information regarding
assessments of the sites to date and the nature of involvement of the Company's
predecessor at the sites, it is management's opinion that the Company's share,
if any, of the cost of clean-up of these sites will not be material to the
consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the
Company. See Note 18 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.

  In fiscal years 1996, 1995, and 1994, the Company generated net cash flow from
operating activities of $51.9 million, $38.4 million, and $28.7 million,
respectively.  Cash required to fund the purchase of spare parts and for capital
expenditures totaled $70.8 million, $14.9 million and $2.2 million, during
fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  At June 30, 1996 the Company had no
material commitments for purchases of spare parts or capital expenditures.

  The allowance for uncollectible accounts at June 30, 1996 and 1995 amounted to
9.4% and 19.2% of trade receivables, respectively, because of the Company's
write-off experience with respect to accounts receivable  obtained by
acquisition and the potential offset against an OEM's trade receivable in
respect of unreturned unused and replaced parts.

  The Company maintains a significant inventory of expendable and repairable
spare parts. Expendable parts are expensed as they are used in the operations of
the business. Repairable spare parts are recorded at cost at the time of 

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
their acquisition and amortized over five years. The Company maintains a high
level of inventories due to the wide range of products serviced, ranging from
mainframe to personal computers.

   The Company provides for obsolescence when accounting for expendable
inventories and reviews obsolescence as it applies to its repairable spare
parts. The Company believes it has provided adequate reserves for obsolescence
for expendable inventories. The Company believes that accumulated amortization
on repairable spare parts renders the need for an obsolescence reserve with
respect to repairable spare parts unnecessary.

   At June 30, 1996, the Company's debt-to-equity ratio was approximately 1 to
1. The balance sheet reflects working capital (deficiency) as of June 30, 1996,
1995, and 1994, of $12.9 million, ($51.8) million and ($34.0) million,
respectively, which deficits for 1995 and 1994 were primarily attributable to
the use of short-term liabilities to fund the purchase of long-term assets.

   The Company will continue to have obligations relating to maturities of long
term debt in future years. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company believes that its operations will
generate sufficient cash to meet its requirements for working capital and for
purchases of repairable spare parts and debt service obligations and to finance
any further capital expenditures. Expansion of the Company's business through
acquisitions, however, may require additional funds. While the Company will seek
such financing as may be required to fund any future acquisitions, there is no
assurance that such financing will be available on reasonable terms.

Effect of Inflation

   Inflation has not been a material factor affecting the Company's business.
In recent years, the cost of electronic components has remained relatively
stable due to competitive pressures within the industry, which has enabled the
Company to contain its service costs.  The Company's general operating expenses,
such as salaries, employee benefits, and facilities costs, are subject to normal
inflationary pressures, the effect of which, is minimized through increases in
service contracts.


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        Attached hereto and a part of this report are financial statements and
        supplementary data listed in Item 14.


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
        Financial Disclosure

        None.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning the 
directors and executive officers of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
            Name             Age                     Position
- ---------------------------  ---  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>
Kenneth Draeger.........     56   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Stephen J. Felice.......     39   President
R. Peter Zimmermann.....     56   Executive Vice President
Thomas J. Fitzpatrick...     38   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Joseph S. Giordano......     41   Senior Vice President--Operations
James J. Greenwell......     37   Senior Vice President--Sales & Marketing
Thomas M. Molchan.......     41   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Dwight T. Wilson........     40   Vice President--Human Resources
Don E. Ackerman.........     62   Director
Bruce K. Anderson.......     56   Director
Michael C. Brooks.......     51   Director
Thomas E. McInerney.....     55   Director
Arthur F. Weinbach......     53   Director
</TABLE>

    Kenneth Draeger has been the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since
July 1992 and Chairman of the Company since November 1995. From 1988 to 1991,
Mr. Draeger was President of Agfa/Compugraphic, a manufacturer of electronic 
pre-press equipment. Mr. Draeger is also a director of Galileo Electro-optics
Corporation.

    Stephen J. Felice has been the President of the Company since October 1995.
Mr. Felice joined BABBS in March 1987. He served as Vice President and General
Manager, Sales and Operations from January 1991 to October 1995 and was
responsible for all service delivery, sales activity, customer management, and
marketing channels with management responsibility over almost 3,000 employees.

    R. Peter Zimmermann has been the Executive Vice President of the Company
since August 1996. From March 1993 to August 1996, he was Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company. From October 1991 to March 1993, Mr.
Zimmermann was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Revelation
Technologies, Inc. and was a self-employed financial consultant from July 1989
to October 1991. His experience includes serving as a partner of Touche Ross &
Co., a predecessor of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

    Thomas J. Fitzpatrick has been the Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company since August 1996. Prior to August 1996 Mr. Fitzpatrick
was Vice President of Network Finance at Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc.
Mr. Fitzpatrick served more than eight years at Bell Atlantic Business Systems
Services, including over four years as Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer.

    Joseph S. Giordano has been Senior Vice President--Operations of the Company
since October 1995. From October 1993 to October 1995, Mr. Giordano was Vice
President Sales and Service Delivery of BABSS. From January 1991 to October
1993, he was an Area General Manager of BABSS.

    James J. Greenwell has been Senior Vice President--Sales & Marketing of the
Company since October 1995, and was Vice President Sales and Marketing of the
Company from 1993 to October 1995. From January 1992 to 1993, Mr. Greenwell was
Director of Operations of the Company's Qantel operation. Prior to January 1992,
he was Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Qantel Corporation.

    Thomas M. Molchan has been General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the
Company since October 1995. From December 1986 to October 1995, he was Vice
President and General Counsel of BABSS.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
    Dwight T. Wilson has been Vice President--Human Resources of the Company
  since October 1995. From April 1994 to October 1995, Mr. Wilson was Vice
  President--Human Resources of BABSS. From October 1990 to March 1994, Mr.
  Wilson was Director, Human Resources Policies and Planning of BABSS.

    Don E. Ackerman has been a Director of the Company since 1988 and was its
  Chairman from 1988 until 1994. Mr. Ackerman has been Chairman of WCI
  Communities Limited Partnership since July 1995, the Chairman of Walden
  University since September 1992 and President of Chandelle Ventures, Inc.
  since November 1991. Prior to that time, Mr. Ackerman was a partner at J.H.
  Whitney & Co. ("Whitney"). Mr. Ackerman is also a director of Genicom
  Corporation ("Genicom") and Schlumberger Ltd.

    Bruce K. Anderson has been a Director of the Company since 1988. Mr.
  Anderson has been a General Partner of certain Welsh, Carson, Anderson, &
  Stowe ("WCAS") affiliated partnerships since 1979. Mr. Anderson is also a
  director of SEER Technologies and Broadway & Seymour.

    Michael C. Brooks has been a Director of the Company since 1988. Mr. Brooks
  has been a General Partner of Whitney since January 1985 and currently serves
  as Managing Partner. Mr. Brooks is also a director of SunGard Data Systems,
  Inc.

    Thomas E. McInerney has been a Director of the Company since 1988. From 1994
  to 1995, Mr. McInerney served as Chairman of the Company. Mr. McInerney has
  been a General Partner of certain WCAS affiliated partnerships since 1991. Mr.
  McInerney is also a director of Bisys Group, Inc. and Aurora Electronics, Inc.

    Arthur F. Weinbach has been a Director of the Company since 1996.  Mr.
  Weinbach is President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Automatic
  Data Processing, Inc. ("ADP").  Since 1981, he has served in various executive
  and managerial positions with ADP, including over nine years as Chief
  Financial Officer and six years as a member of ADP's Board of Directors.
  Prior to joining ADP, Mr. Weinbach was a Partner with Touche Ross & Co., a
  predecessor of Deloitte & Touche LLP.


  Item 11.  Executive Compensation

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to
  the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
  be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or
  before October 28, 1996.


  Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to
  the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
  be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or
  before October 28, 1996.


  Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to
  the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
  be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or
  before October 28, 1996.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART IV

  Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and reports on Form 8-K

     (a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report:

          (1)  Financial Statements

               See Index to Financial Statements appearing on Page F-1.

          (2)  Financial Statement Schedules

               Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

          (3)  Exhibits


Exhibits
- --------

     The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.  Where so indicated by footnote, exhibits which were previously filed
are incorporated by refernce.  For exhibits incorporated by reference, the
location of the exhibit in the previous filing is indicated parenthetically,
together with a reference to the filing indicated by footnote.

    Exhibit No.        Exhibit
    -----------        -------

     3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1)(1)

     3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2)(1)

     10.1*+   Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and
              restated, subject to approval at the next annual meeting of
              stockholders

     10.2+    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit 10.2)(1)

     10.3+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated June 1, 1993, with Kenneth
              Draeger (Exhibit 10.3)(1)

     10.4+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated August 1, 1993, with
              Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.4)(1)

     10.5+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 1994, with
              Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.5)(1)

     10.6+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement with R. Peter Zimmermann 
              (Exhibit 10.6)(1)

     10.7+    Employment Agreement with Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.7)(1)

     10.8+    Employment Letter with Stephen J. Felice (Exhibit 10.8)(1)

     10.9+    Employment Letter with R. Peter Zimmermann (Exhibit 10.9)(1)

     10.10+   Employment Letter with James J. Greenwell (Exhibit 10.10)(1)

     10.11    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement 
              (Exhibit 10.11)(1)

     10.12    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights
              Agreement (Exhibit 10.12)(1)

     10.13    Lease for Frazer, Pennsylvania executive offices (East)
              (Exhibit 10.14)(1)

     10.14    Lease for Frazer, Pennsylvania executive offices (West)
              (Exhibit 10.15)(1)

     10.15    Lease for Malvern, Pennsylvania depot and call center 
              (Exhibit 10.16)(1)

     10.16+   Employment Letter with Joseph S. Giordano (Exhibit 10.17)(2)

     10.17    Lease for Bloomington, Minnesota call center (Exhibit 10.18)(2)

     10.18    Lease for Hayward, California depot (Exhibit 10.19)(2)

     10.19    Lease for Northborough, Massachusettes depot (Exhibit 10.20)(2)

     10.20*   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 1996, among
              DecisionOne Holdings Corp., DecisionOne Corporation and The First
              National Bank of Boston et al.

     10.21*+  Employment Agreement with Thomas J. Fitzpatrick
 
     21*      Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

     23*      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

     24*      Power of Attorney

- -------------------------------

*    Filed herewith.

+    Compensation plans and arrangements for executives and others.

(1)  Filed as an Exhibit to Registration Statement No. 333-1256 on Form S-1
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 1996.

(2)  Filed as an Exhibit to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration
     Statement No. 333-1256 on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on March 14, 1996.


     (b)  Current Reports on Form 8-K filed during the quarter ended June 30,
  1996:
 
           None.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   ------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
     <S>                                                                    <C>
     Independent Auditors' Report                                           F-2

     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1995               F-3

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
          June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                      F-4

     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
          June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                      F-5

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
          June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                      F-6

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                             F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
 of DecisionOne Holdings Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DecisionOne
Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of June 30, 1996 and 1995,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1996. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at
Item 14. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and
subsidiaries at June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1996
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our
opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
August 30, 1996

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
ASSETS                                                                      1996        1995      
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>                          
CURRENT ASSETS:                                                                                   
  Cash and cash equivalents                                              $  8,221    $  2,659     
  Accounts receivable, net (Note 5)                                        92,650      27,758     
  Inventories (Note 6)                                                     30,130       4,024     
  Prepaid expenses, income tax receivable and other assets                  4,752         763     
  Deferred tax asset (Note 11)                                              8,018       8,503     
                                                                         --------    --------     
                                                                                                  
            Total current assets                                          143,771      43,707     
                                                                                                  
REPAIRABLE PARTS, Net                                                     154,970      27,360     
                                                                                                  
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net (Note 7)                                       32,430       4,429     
                                                                                                  
DEFERRED TAX ASSET, Net (Note 11)                                          16,405      25,011     
                                                                                                  
INTANGIBLES, Net (Note 8)                                                 164,659      34,568     
                                                                                                  
OTHER ASSETS                                                                2,275         478     
                                                                         --------    --------     
                                                                                                  
TOTAL ASSETS                                                             $514,510    $135,553     
                                                                         ========    ========     
                                                                                                  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                              
                                                                                                  
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                                                                              
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 10)                            $  2,321    $ 19,414     
  Accounts payable                                                         53,347      11,412     
  Accrued expenses (Note 9)                                                36,217      21,773     
  Deferred revenues                                                        38,485      40,222     
  Income taxes payable (Note 11)                                                        1,648     
  Net liabilities related to discontinued products division             
   (Notes 3 and 18)                                                           479       1,056     
                                                                         --------    --------                
                                                                                                  
            Total current liabilities                                     130,849      95,525     
                                                                                                  
REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 10)                        188,582       6,157     
 
OTHER LIABILITIES (Note 12)                                                14,286      12,383     
                                                                                                  
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (Note 15)                                                    6,811     
                                                                                                  
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                                                             
  Preferred stock, no par value; authorized 5,000,000                                             
   shares; none outstanding
  Common stock, $.01 par value;                                         
   authorized 100,000,000 shares in 1996 and  25,000,000                                          
   shares in 1995; issued and outstanding 27,340,288 shares                        
   in 1996 and 8,935,348 shares in 1995                                       273          89     
  Additional paid-in capital (Note 10)                                    255,262     107,991     
  Accumulated deficit                                                     (73,516)    (92,378)    
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                                     622         680     
  Pension liability adjustment (Note 16)                                   (1,848)     (1,705)    
                                                                         --------    --------     
                                                                                                  
            Total shareholders' equity                                    180,793      14,677     
                                                                         --------    --------     
                                                                                                  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                               $514,510    $135,553     
                                                                         ========    ========      
</TABLE> 
  
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
                                     F-3 
 
<PAGE>
 
DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              1996          1995          1994
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C> 
REVENUES:
  Service                                 $   526,703   $   154,044   $    97,548
  Other                                        13,488         8,976        10,868
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

                                              540,191       163,020       108,416
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
COST OF REVENUES:
  Service                                     393,311       107,922        70,502
  Other                                         9,005         5,561         6,478
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

                                              402,316       113,483        76,980
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

GROSS PROFIT                                  137,875        49,537        31,436
 
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Selling, general and administrative                                             
   expenses                                    69,237        21,982        16,474 
  Amortization and write-off of                                                   
   intangibles (Notes 2 and 8)                 15,673         6,776         5,380 
  Credit for unused leases, net (Note 14)                                  (6,401)
  Restructuring charge (Note 17)                3,592
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
 
OPERATING INCOME                               49,373        20,779        15,983
 
INTEREST EXPENSE, net of interest
 income of $239 in 1996,
 $53 in 1995 and $132 in 1994                  14,714         2,468         4,847
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
 BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT),
 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND                   
 EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                            34,659        18,311        11,136    
 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)           13,870       (23,104)        1,024
 (Note 11)                                -----------   -----------   -----------
 
INCOME BEFORE DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
  AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                       20,789        41,415        10,112
 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Note 3) -
 Income from operations of discontinued
 products division                                            1,113
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM               20,789        42,528        10,112
 
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM, NET OF TAX BENEFIT    
 OF $1,284 (Note 10)                            1,927              
                                          -----------   -----------   ----------- 

  Net income                              $    18,862   $    42,528   $    10,112
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
 
PRIMARY INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:
  Continuing operations                   $       .83   $      1.81   $       .45
  Discontinued operations                                       .05
  Extraordinary item                             (.08)
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net income                              $       .75   $      1.86   $       .45
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
  Weighted average number of common and   
   common equivalent shares outstanding    25,195,867    22,842,727    22,594,764
                                          ===========   ===========   =========== 

FULLY DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON
 SHARE:
  Continuing operations                   $       .82   $      1.79   $       .45
  Discontinued operations                                       .05
  Extraordinary item                             (.08)
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
 
  Net income                              $       .74   $      1.84   $       .45
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
 
  Weighted average number of common and   
   common equivalent shares outstanding    25,429,961    23,149,301    22,594,764
                                          ===========   ===========   =========== 
</TABLE> 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK) 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                               PREFERRED STOCK                 COMMON STOCK          ADDITIONAL               
                                         --------------------------    ---------------------------                             
                                           NUMBER OF       AMOUNT        NUMBER OF         AMOUNT     PAID-IN        ACCUMULATED
                                            SHARES                        SHARES                      CAPITAL          DEFICIT   
<S>                                        <C>             <C>           <C>               <C>       <C>             <C> 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1993                                                                                               
                                                                                                                     
 Net income                                                               8,889,547      $     89     $ 87,324        $(145,018) 
                                                                                                                                 
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                                                         10,112  
                                                                                                                                 
 Foreign currency translation                                                                                                    
  adjustment                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                 
 Accrued dividends on Series A and B                                                                                             
  Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note 15)                                                                    (186)                  
                                                                                                                                 
 Increase in additional paid-in                                                                                                  
  capital and number of common stock                                                                                             
  shares due to debt restructuring                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1994                                                       30,801                     21,220                  
                                                                         ----------      --------     ---------       ---------  
 Net income                                                               8,920,348            89      108,358         (134,906) 
                                                                                                                                 
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                                                         42,528  
                                                                                                                                 
 Foreign currency translation                                                                                                    
  adjustment                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                 
 Accrued dividends on Series A and B                                                                                             
  Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note 15)                                                                    (375)                  
                                                                                                                                 
 Increase due to exercise of options                                                                                             
  (Note 13)                                                                  15,000                          8                    
                                                                         ----------      --------    ---------        ---------   
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1995                                                    8,935,348            89      107,991          (92,378)  
                                                                                                                                  
 Net income                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                 
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                                                         18,862  
                                                                                                                                 
 Increase - Common Stock issued:                                                                                                 
  Exercise of preemptive rights                                             384,502             4        1,526                   
  Public offering                                                         6,300,000            63      106,250                   
  Exercise of options                                                       329,850             3          300                   
  Exercise of warrants                                                      118,664             1          598                   
  Conversion of Redeemable Preferred                                                                                             
   Stock                                                                 11,271,924           113       37,529                   
                                                                                                                                 
 Decrease - stock issuance costs                                                                        (1,573)                  
                                                                                                                                 
 Increase - issuance of warrants                                                                           126                   
                                                                                                                                 
 Increase - issuance of warrants                                                                                                 
  attached to Subordinated Debentures                                                                    3,400                   
                                                                                                                                 
 Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                 
 Accrued dividends on Redeemable                                                                                                  
  Preferred Stock                                                                                         (885)     
                                          ---------      --------        ----------      ---------   ---------        ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996                         -         $      0        27,340,288      $    273    $ 255,262        $ (73,516) 
                                          =========      ========        ==========      =========   =========        =========  
 
<CAPTION>  
                                                                  FOREIGN                                         TOTAL         
                                                                  CURRENCY               PENSION              SHAREHOLDERS'    
                                                                 TRANSLATION            LIABILITY             (DEFICIENCY)     
                                                                 ADJUSTMENT             ADJUSTMENT               EQUITY        
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>                   <C>   
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1993                                              $445                  $  (986)               $(58,146)
                                                                                                                          
 Net income                                                                                                        10,112 
                                                                                                                          
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                             (639)                   (639)
                                                                                                                          
 Foreign currency translation                                                                                             
  adjustment                                                          12                                               12 
                                                                                                                          
 Accrued dividends on Series A and B                                                                                      
  Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note 15)                                                                               (186)
                                                                                                                          
 Increase in additional paid-in                                                                                           
  capital and number of common stock                                                                                      
  shares due to debt restructuring                                                                                 21,220 
                                                                    ----                  -------                -------- 
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1994                                               457                   (1,625)                (27,627)  
                                                                                                                            
 Net income                                                                                                        42,528 
                                                                                                                           
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                              (80)                    (80) 
                                                                                                                           
 Foreign currency translation                                                                                              
  adjustment                                                         223                                              223  
                                                                                                                          
 Accrued dividends on Series A and B                                                                                      
  Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note 15)                                                                               (375) 
                                                                                                                          
 Increase due to exercise of options                                                                                      
  (Note 13)                                                                                                             8  
                                                                    ----                  -------                --------   
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1995                                               680                   (1,705)                 14,677    
                                                                                                                             
 Net income                                                                                                        18,862   
                                                                                                                          
 Adjustment to pension liability                                                             (143)                   (143) 
                                                                                                                          
 Increase - Common Stock issued:                                                                                           
  Exercise of preemptive rights                                                                                     1,530  
  Public offering                                                                                                 106,313  
  Exercise of options                                                                                                 303  
  Exercise of warrants                                                                                                599 
  Conversion of Redeemable Preferred                                                                                      
   Stock                                                                                                           37,642 
                                                                                                                           
 Decrease - stock issuance costs                                                                                   (1,573)
                                                                                                                          
 Increase - issuance of warrants                                                                                      126 
                                                                                                                          
 Increase - issuance of warrants                                                                                          
  attached to Subordinated Debentures                                                                               3,400 
                                                                                                                          
 Foreign currency translation adjustment                             (58)                                             (58) 
                                                                                                                           
 Accrued dividends on Redeemable Preferred                                                                                 
  Stock                                                                                                              (885) 
                                                                    ----                  -------                --------    
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996                                              $622                  $(1,848)               $180,793    
                                                                    ====                  =======                ========     
</TABLE> 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(IN THOUSANDS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                             1996       1995       1994
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C> 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                              $  18,862   $ 42,528   $ 10,112
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
   to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
    Income from discontinued operations                 (1,113)
    Write-down of intangible assets                         70      2,932
    Net credit on unused leases, net                               (6,401)
    Depreciation and amortization            61,851     16,172     10,158
    Deferred income taxes                     7,579    (23,104)
    Provision (recovery of loss) on                                        
     accounts receivable                      3,434      1,930       (162) 
    Provision for inventory obsolescence      1,171      1,995      1,580
    Extraordinary item                        1,927
    Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities, net of effects from
     companies acquired, which
     provided (used) cash:
      Accounts receivable                    (1,900)    (8,836)    (3,498)
      Inventories                            (1,248)       931      1,107
      Accounts payable                           29      4,552       (787)
      Accrued expenses                          227     (5,723)       264
      Deferred revenues                     (33,928)     6,811      9,547
      Net changes in other assets and                                     
       liabilities                           (6,110)     2,202      3,870 
                                          ---------   --------   -------- 
           Net cash provided by                                           
            operating activities             51,894     38,415     28,722 
                                          ---------   --------   -------- 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures - net of                                            
   retirements                               (7,278)    (2,786)      (304) 
  Repairable parts purchases                (63,514)   (12,154)    (1,857)
  Purchases of companies                   (275,562)   (39,331)    (1,187)
                                          ---------   --------   --------
 
           Net cash used in investing                                     
            activities                     (346,354)   (54,271)    (3,348)
                                          ---------   --------   -------- 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred                                     
   stock                                     31,392                 2,250 
  Proceeds from issuance of                         
   subordinated debentures                   30,000 
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock    106,313
  Proceeds from borrowings                  703,259     32,000     11,000
  Payment of subordinated debentures        (30,000)
  Payments on borrowings                   (537,548)   (14,463)   (37,713)
  Principal payments under capital                   
   leases                                    (3,423) 
  Other                                          29                  (483)
                                          ---------   --------   --------
            Net cash provided by (used                                     
            in) financing activities        300,022     17,537    (24,946)
                                          ---------   --------   -------- 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH                                             
 EQUIVALENTS                                  5,562      1,681        428 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING                                     
 OF YEAR                                      2,659        978        550 
                                          ---------   --------   -------- 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR    $   8,221   $  2,659   $    978
                                          =========   ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Net cash paid during the year for:
    Interest                              $  14,838   $  2,065   $    485
    Income taxes                              5,344      1,009        397
  Noncash investing/financing
   activities:
    Interest exchanged for subordinated                                   
     debt (Note 10)                                                 2,073 
    Issuance of seller notes in                                           
     connection with acquisitions (Note 10)     587      2,866      1,313  
    Accretion of accrued dividends                                        
     (Note 15)                                  885        375        186 
</TABLE> 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   NATURE OF BUSINESS

     DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the
     "Company") are providers of multi-vendor computer maintenance and
     technology support services. The Company's services include hardware
     support, user and software support, network support and other support
     services. These services are offered by the Company across a broad range of
     computing environments, including mainframes, midrange and distributed
     systems, workgroups, personal computers ("PCs") and related peripherals.
     The Company maintains approximately 3,900 technical personnel located in
     over 150 service locations in North America.

     Through June 30, 1995, the Company's services predominantly involved the
     provision of maintenance services to the midrange computer market. On
     October 20, 1995, the Company acquired Bell Atlantic Business Systems
     Services, Inc. ("BABSS") (see Note 4). BABSS provided computer maintenance
     and technology support services for computer systems ranging from the data
     center, which includes both mainframe and midrange systems, to desk top.
     Subsequent to the acquisition, DecisionOne Holdings Corp.'s principal
     operating subsidiary, Decision Servcom, Inc., was merged into BABSS, which
     had changed its name to DecisionOne Corporation. As a result, DecisionOne
     Corporation is the principal operating subsidiary of the Company.

     The Company's wholly owned, direct international subsidiaries are not
     significant to the Company's financial statements.

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     CONSOLIDATION - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts
     of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All
     intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
     consolidation.

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid
     investments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time
     of purchase.

     INVENTORIES - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost
     principally being determined using the weighted average method. The Company
     previously determined cost using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method. The
     change has no material effect on the financial statements.

     REPAIRABLE PARTS - Repairable parts are required in order to meet the
     requirements of the contracts with the Company's maintenance customers.
     These parts are principally purchased from equipment manufacturers and
     other third parties. As these parts are purchased, they are capitalized at
     cost and amortized principally using the straight-line method over three to
     five years, their estimated useful life. Repairable parts are repaired by
     the Company based upon anticipated need and generally have an economic life
     that extends beyond the normal life cycle of the applicable product. Costs
     of refurbishing parts are charged to operations as incurred. Repairable
     parts are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization of $45,064,000 and
     $46,554,000 as of June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Repairable parts
     amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
     $37,869,000, $7,688,000 and $5,929,000, respectively.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost.
     Depreciation is provided for using the straight-line method over the
     estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. Capitalized equipment
     leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the
     related lease terms or asset lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to
     expense as incurred; renewals and betterments are capitalized. Upon
     retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
     accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting
     gain or loss is charged to operations.

     INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Intangible assets are comprised of excess purchase
     price over net assets acquired (goodwill), debt issuance costs and other
     intangible assets, including the fair value of contractual profit
     participation rights, acquired customer contracts, tradenames, other
     intangibles, and amounts assigned to noncompete agreements.

     Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Other
     intangibles are being amortized, primarily on a straight-line basis, over 3
     to 8 years for customer contracts; 20 years for contractual profit
     participation rights; 1 to 6 years for tradenames and other intangibles;
     and over four-year terms for specific noncompete agreements. Debt issuance
     costs are amortized using the interest method over the term of the related
     debt.

     CARRYING VALUE OF LONG-TERM ASSETS - The Company evaluates the carrying
     value of long-term assets, property and equipment, repairable parts and
     intangible assets, based upon current and anticipated undiscounted cash
     flows, and recognizes an impairment when such estimated cash flows will be
     less than the carrying value of the asset. Measurement of the amount of
     impairment, if any, is based upon the difference between carrying value and
     fair value.

     REVENUE - The Company enters into maintenance contracts whereby it services
     various manufacturers' equipment. Revenues from these contracts are
     recognized ratably over the terms of such contracts. Revenues from multi-
     period contracts are recorded as deferred revenues and are recognized
     ratably over the term of the contracts.

     Revenues derived from the maintenance of equipment not under contract are
     recognized as the service is performed.

     Revenues derived from other technology support services are recognized as
     the service is performed or ratably over the term of the contract.

     Estimated losses on contracts, if any, are charged against earnings in the
     period in which such losses are identified.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION - Gains and losses resulting from foreign
     currency translation are accumulated as a separate component of
     shareholders' equity (deficiency). Gains and losses resulting from foreign
     currency transactions are included in operations.

     CREDIT RISK - Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade
     receivables is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the
     Company's customer base and their dispersion across many industries.



                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
     INCOME TAXES - Effective July 1, 1993, the Company changed its policy of
     accounting for income taxes to conform to Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 109 ("SFAS No. 109"), Accounting for Income Taxes. The
     Company previously followed Financial Accounting Standards No. 96,
     Accounting for Income Taxes. SFAS No. 109 requires, among other things, the
     accrual of deferred tax liabilities for future taxable amounts, deferred
     tax assets for future deductions and operating loss carryforwards, and a
     valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are
     more likely than not to be realized. The adoption of SFAS No. 109 on July
     1, 1993 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated
     financial position or results of operations.

     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - The following disclosures of the
     estimated fair value of financial instruments were made in accordance with
     the requirements of SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
     Instruments. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the
     Company using available market information and appropriate valuation
     methodologies.

          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE -
          The carrying amount of these items are a reasonable estimate of their
          fair value.

          SHORT-TERM DEBT AND LONG-TERM DEBT - Rates currently available to the
          Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used
          to estimate the fair value for debt issues. Accordingly, the carrying
          amount of debt is a reasonable estimate of its fair value.

     USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
     expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those
     estimates and assumptions.

     POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS - Effective July 1, 1994, the
     Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards No. 106, ("SFAS No. 106") Employers' Accounting for
     Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and Statement of Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 112 ("SFAS No. 112"), Employers' Accounting for
     Postemployment Benefits. The adoption of SFAS No. 106 and SFAS No. 112 did
     not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position
     or results of operations.

     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - In October 1995, the Financial Accounting
     Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
     Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"). SFAS No. 123
     defines a fair value method of accounting for stock options and other
     equity instruments. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is
     measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is
     recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period.

     Under SFAS No. 123, the Company is permitted to continue to account for
     employee stock-based transactions under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
     No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB No. 25"), but will
     be required to disclose in a note to the consolidated financial statements
     pro forma net income and income per share information as if the Company had
     applied the new method of accounting. SFAS No. 123 also requires increased
     disclosures for stock-based compensation arrangements regardless of the
     method chosen to measure and recognize compensation for employee stock-
     based arrangements.

     The Company has determined that it will continue to account for such
     transactions under APB No. 25 and will provide the disclosures required by
     SFAS No. 123 during the year ending June 30, 1997.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
     DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - Derivative financial instruments, which
     constitute interest rate swaps (see Note 10), are used by the Company in
     the management of its interest rate exposure and are accounted for on an
     accrual basis. These derivative financial instruments are used to hedge
     risk caused by fluctuating interest rates. Hedged financial instruments are
     accounted for based on settlement accounting. Income and expense are
     recorded in the same category as that arising from the related asset or
     liability. The amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swap
     agreements are recognized as interest income or expense in the periods in
     which they accrue. Gains and losses resulting from effective hedges of
     existing assets, liabilities or firm commitments are deferred and
     recognized when the offsetting gains and losses are recognized on the
     related hedged items. Gains realized on termination of interest rate swap
     contracts are deferred and amortized over the remaining terms of the
     original swap agreements. The Company does not hold or issue any derivative
     financial instruments for trading purposes.

3.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     On February 9, 1993, the Company sold all of the inventory, fixed assets
     and other intangible assets, as defined in the asset purchase agreement, of
     its products division. The remaining assets and liabilities of the
     discontinued operations consisted mainly of accounts receivable and accrued
     expenses for warranty, lease commitments and other accrued costs. In 1993,
     the Company established liabilities based on the best available
     information. In 1995, the Company revised its estimates as a result of
     settlement of these liabilities and the consolidated statement of
     operations for 1995 reflects an increase in net income of $1,113,000 for
     the change in estimate.

     In conjunction with the sale of the products division, the Company entered
     into a maintenance service agreement with the purchaser. The agreement
     provides that the Company has the option to be the exclusive provider of
     warranty, extended warranty and maintenance services of products marketed
     by the purchaser for a term of 5 years after the date of the sale.

4.   BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

     During the years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company acquired
     certain net assets of a series of service companies as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   CONSIDERATION (IN THOUSANDS)
                                            -------------------------------------------
                                                                                  TOTAL
                                  NUMBER OF                                      PURCHASE          OTHER
          YEARS ENDED            ACQUISITIONS        CASH           NOTES         PRICE         INTANGIBLES       GOODWILL
 
       Significant business acquisitions:
         <S>                     <C>               <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
         June 30, 1995                1            $27,413          $2,094        $29,507         $15,600          $7,394
         June 30, 1996                1            250,549                        250,549          72,581          60,533
 
       Nonsignificant business and maintenance contract acquisitions:
 
         June 30, 1994                5                975           1,490          2,465           3,193
         June 30, 1995                5              9,327             255          9,582           4,577           8,680
         June 30, 1996                5             14,853             578         15,431           6,522           6,318
</TABLE>

     The Company purchased substantially all of the operating assets and assumed
     certain liabilities of the acquired entities. These acquisitions have been
     accounted for as purchase transactions, with the purchase price of each
     acquisition allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their
     respective estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The results
     of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the
     accompanying consolidated financial statements from the dates of
     acquisition.

                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
     On August 31, 1994, the Company purchased certain net assets and
     liabilities of IDEA/Servcom, Inc. for approximately $29,500,000. This
     acquisition was funded by cash and the issuance of a $2,600,000 
     noninterest-bearing note to the seller. See seller notes payable section of
     Note 10. The excess of asset purchase price over the fair value of assets
     acquired at the date of purchase resulted in goodwill of approximately
     $7,400,000.

     On October 20, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common
     stock of BABSS, a subsidiary of Bell Atlantic Corporation ("BAC") for
     approximately $250,549,000. The acquisition was funded with the proceeds
     from the issuance of $30,000,000 of Series C preferred stock, $30,000,000
     of subordinated debentures and the balance from additional bank borrowings
     (see Notes 10 and 15). The excess of asset purchase price over the fair
     value of assets acquired at the date of purchase resulted in goodwill of
     approximately $58,796,000 initially recorded. Subsequent to the
     acquisition, the Company recorded a net adjustment increasing goodwill by
     $1,737,000 and adjusted other balance sheet accounts principally by the
     same amount. This resulted from the adjustment and reclassification of
     certain tax accruals offset by favorable negotiations on certain leased
     facilities (see Note 9). As part of the acquisition, the Company purchased
     from BAC contractual profit participation rights whereby the Company will
     receive a fixed percentage of the annual operating profits (3.2% or 3.5%,
     depending upon the level of profits) earned by a former foreign affiliate
     of BAC which provides computer maintenance and technology support services
     in Europe. The value of the discounted estimated future cash flows over a
     twenty-year period from these contractual profit participation rights is
     $25,000,000.

     The following summarized unaudited pro forma information for significant
     acquisitions that have a material effect on the Company's results of
     operations for the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 assumes that the
     acquisitions occurred as of July 1, 1994. The nonsignificant business and
     maintenance contract acquisitions are not considered material individually
     or in the aggregate. The pro forma results have been prepared for
     comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the
     results of operations which actually would have resulted had the
     significant acquisitions been in effect on the dates indicated or which may
     result in the future.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                                         SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                  ---------------------------
                                                                                      1996           1995
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>              <C>  
         Revenues                                                                   $697,676       $679,284
         Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item                  31,080         20,153
         Net income                                                                   29,153         21,266
 
         Primary Income Per Common Share:
          Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item 
           per shares                                                               $   1.23       $   0.88
          Net income per common share                                                   1.16           0.93
 
         Fully Diluted Income Per Common Share:
          Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item              
           per share                                                                $   1.22       $   0.87
          Net income per common share                                                   1.15           0.92
 </TABLE>

                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
5.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                          1996           1995
         <S>                                                             <C>            <C>
         Trade receivables                                                $ 99,762      $33,843
         Other                                                               2,468          531
                                                                          --------      -------
 
                                                                           102,230       34,374
         Less allowance for uncollectible accounts                          (9,580)      (6,616)
                                                                          --------      -------
 
                                                                          $ 92,650      $27,758
                                                                          ========      =======
 </TABLE>

6.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                            1996           1995
         <S>                                                             <C>           <C>
         Consumable parts                                                 $ 40,564     $ 15,243
         Finished goods                                                        360          569
                                                                          --------     --------
                                                                            40,924       15,812
         Less allowance for obsolescence                                   (10,794)     (11,788)
                                                                          --------     --------
 
                                                                          $ 30,130     $  4,024
                                                                          ========     ========
 </TABLE>

7.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                            1996          1995
         <S>                                                             <C>           <C>
         Land and buildings                                               $  2,055
         Equipment                                                          13,858     $  5,682
         Computer hardware and software                                     27,277        8,359
         Furniture and fixtures                                              8,051        4,306
         Leasehold improvements                                              4,125        1,450
                                                                          --------     --------
 
                                                                            55,366       19,797
         Accumulated depreciation and amortization                         (22,936)     (15,368)
                                                                          --------     --------
 
                                                                          $ 32,430     $  4,429
                                                                          ========     ========
 </TABLE>

     The principal lives (in years) used in determining depreciation and
     amortization rates of various assets are: buildings (40); equipment (3-10);
     computer hardware and software (3-5); furniture and fixtures (5-10) and
     leasehold improvements (term of related leases).

                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $8,310,000,
     $1,779,000 and $1,781,000 for the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994.

8.   INTANGIBLES

     Intangibles consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                          1996           1995
         <S>                                                              <C>           <C>
         Goodwill                                                         $ 82,355      $16,074
         Customer contracts                                                 64,758       20,248
         Contractual profit participation rights                            25,000
         Noncompete agreement                                                4,500        3,000
         Other intangibles                                                   7,671        2,250
         Tradename                                                                        1,500
                                                                          --------      -------
 
                                                                           184,284       43,072
         Accumulated amortization                                          (19,625)      (8,504)
                                                                          --------      -------
 
                                                                          $164,659      $34,568
                                                                          ========      =======
 </TABLE>

     Based upon the results of an impairment evaluation for the years ended June
     30, 1995 and 1994, management determined that customer contracts should be
     written down $70,000 and $2,932,000, respectively. There were no write-
     downs of intangibles in 1996.

     Amortization expenses relating to intangibles were approximately
     $15,673,000, $6,776,000 and $2,448,000, for the fiscal years ended 1996,
     1995 and 1994.

9.   ACCRUED EXPENSES

     Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                            1996         1995
         <S>                                                               <C>          <C>
         Compensation and benefits                                         $22,115      $11,046
         Interest                                                            1,505        2,246
         Unused leases                                                       3,485          857
         Pension accrual                                                     1,258        1,262
         Accrued accounting and legal fees                                   1,073          920
         Other accrued expenses                                              6,781        5,442
                                                                           -------      -------
 
                                                                           $36,217      $21,773
                                                                           =======      =======
 </TABLE>

     Prior to 1994, the Company received $2,600,000 in tax bills (primarily
     interest) from the Internal Revenue Service related to claims for tax and
     interest for the years ended 1981 through 1987. The Company paid
     approximately $500,000 of the claims upon receipt of the bills. As the
     Company disputes the tax bills, no payments were made in 1994 nor 1995. In
     1996, an IRS mandated payment of $828,000 was made. As of June 30, 1996 and
     1995, the Company has an accrued liability of $1,883,000 and $2,500,000,
     respectively. Subsequent to June 30, 1996, the Company provided the IRS
     with a letter of credit in the amount of $1,768,000 to collateralize the
     outstanding balance.

                                    F-13   
<PAGE>
 
     In connection with the acquisition of BABSS, which has been accounted for
     using the purchase method of accounting (see Note 4), the Company recorded
     approximately $11,000,000 in liabilities resulting from planned actions
     with respect to BABSS, which included the costs to exit certain leased
     facilities and to involuntarily terminate employees. The provision of
     approximately $3,500,000 for the costs to exit certain leased facilities
     principally relates to future lease payments on a warehouse in California
     which has been made idle. Approximately $4,000,000 was provided for
     severance and termination benefits of approximately 210 employees in the
     field, operations support, sales and administration. Approximately
     $3,000,000 was provided in connection with the exit plan for write-downs of
     inventory and equipment at two California facilities which will not be
     utilized in future operations. The provision for various other charges of
     approximately $500,000 consisted of costs to complete the exit plan. As of
     June 30, 1996, the Company has settled all of these liabilities, except for
     the lease liabilities on idle facilities approximating $1,200,000 for which
     payments will continue through 1999.

     As a result of successful negotiations of unutilized leased facilities,
     during 1996, the Company recorded a reduction of approximately $975,000 to
     both the provisions for leased facilities and goodwill.

10.  REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN AND LONG-TERM DEBT

     Debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                                1996               1995
     <S>                                                 <C>                     <C>
     Revolving credit loan                                    $186,400
     Bank debt                                                                   $21,000
     Promissory note, noninterest-bearing,
     due August 31, 1998                                                           2,256
     Seller noninterest-bearing notes payable                    2,118             2,122
     Capitalized lease obligations, payable in varying 
       installments amounting to $1,413,000 and 
       $972,000 in 1997 and respectively, at interest
       rates ranging from 7.25% to 13.01% at June 30, 
       1996, net of interest of approximately $187,000 
       and $6,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively                 2,385               193
                                                              --------           -------

                                                               190,903            25,571
     Less current portion                                        2,321            19,414
                                                              --------           -------

                                                              $188,582           $ 6,157
                                                              ========           =======
</TABLE> 

     BANK DEBT

     On October 20, 1995, in connection with the BABSS acquisition (see Note 4)
     the Company entered into a Credit Agreement which provided for a term loan
     (the "1995 Term Loan") of $230,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of
     up to a maximum of $30,000,000. The 1995 Term Loan provided for 19 equal
     quarterly principal payments of $10,000,000 to be due and payable on the
     last day of each calendar quarter commencing December 31, 1995 with a final
     payment due on September 30, 2000. Loans under the revolving credit
     facility were to mature on September 30, 2000. Interest on the 1995 Term
     Loan and the revolving credit facility were at varying rates based, at the
     Company's option, on the Eurodollar rate or the Alternative Base Rate
     (NationsBanc prime rate), plus the Applicable Margins. Margins were based
     on the ratio of Total Funded Debt to EBITDA; the Eurodollar Margin ranged
     from 1.75% to 2.5%, while the Alternative Base Rate Margin ranged from 0.5%
     to 1.25%.

                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
     In April 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering (see Note
     15). The Company used a portion of the proceeds to repay approximately $70
     million of the 1995 Term Loan.

     Also in April 1996, the Company converted the 1995 Term Loan and the
     existing $30 million Revolving Credit Facility into a $225 million variable
     rate, unsecured revolving credit facility ("the 1996 Revolving Credit
     Facility"). The 1996 Revolving Credit Facility is at floating interest
     rates, based either on the LIBOR or prime rate, in either case plus an
     Applicable Margin, at the Company's option. As of June 30, 1996, the
     applicable rate was LIBOR plus .75% or 6.32%. The 1996 Revolving Credit
     Facility enables the Company to borrow up to $225 million in the form of
     revolving credit loans with a maturity date of April 26, 2001 and with
     interest periods determined principally on a quarterly basis. To offset the
     variable rate characteristics of the borrowings, the Company has entered
     into interest rate swap agreements with two banks resulting in fixed
     interest rates of 5.4% on $40.0 million notional principal amount through
     December 1997 and 5.5% on another $40.0 million notional principal amount
     through December 1998, thereby leaving approximately $100 million subject
     to floating rates under the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility.

     Under the swap agreements, the Company receives interest payments at a
     floating rate based on the pricing of the three-month LIBOR and pays
     interest on the same notional amounts at an average fixed rate of 5.45%.
     The floating rate is 5.44% for the three-month period ended June 30, 1996.
     For the three-month period ending September 30, 1996, the floating rate is
     5.57%. The agreements convert a portion of the Company's debt obligation
     from a floating rate to a fixed rate basis. The fair value of the interest
     rate swap agreements generally reflects the estimated amount that the
     Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements. As of June 30,
     1996, the Company would receive approximately $1,100,000 to terminate the
     swap agreements.

     The Company attempts to minimize its credit exposure by entering into
     interest rate swap agreements only with major financial institutions.
     Although the Company may be exposed to losses in the event of
     nonperformance by counterparties, the Company does not expect such losses,
     if any, to be significant.

     Under the terms of the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility, the Company may use
     up to $25,000,000 for letters of credit, subject to the limitation of
     $225,000,000 in total credit. As of June 30, 1996, letters of credit in the
     face amount of $3,498,000 were outstanding.

     The loan agreement relating to the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility contains
     various terms and covenants which provide for certain restrictions on the
     Company's indebtedness, liens, investments, disposition of assets and
     mergers and acquisitions and require the Company, among other things, to
     maintain minimum levels of consolidated net worth and certain minimum
     financial ratios.

     The borrower under the 1996 Revolving Credit Facility is DecisionOne
     Corporation. Repayment of the debt is guaranteed by the Company and its
     other subsidiaries except for its Canadian subsidiary.

     The Company had average borrowings of $172,065,000 and $24,379,000 during
     1996 and 1995, respectively, at an average interest rate of 8.69% and
     10.34%, respectively. Maximum borrowings during 1996 and 1995 were
     $268,748,000 and $32,648,000, respectively.

     SELLER NOTES PAYABLE

     In connection with various acquisitions, the Company issued noninterest-
     bearing notes, the principal of which is payable monthly, primarily based
     upon a percentage of monthly maintenance contract revenues billed during
     the previous month (ranging from 12.5% to 30.0%). Aggregate maturities of
     these notes are as follows: 1997-$908,000; 1998-$647,000; 1999-$475,000 and
     2000-$88,000. As of June 30, 1996,

                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
     the notes are presented at their estimated net present value based on
     imputed interest rates ranging from 7.25% to 11.00%.

     PROMISSORY NOTE

     As part of the August 31, 1994 acquisition of certain assets and
     liabilities of Servcom, the Company issued a $2,600,000 noninterest-bearing
     note which was due in annual installments of $650,000 over four years. The
     liability was reflected on the Company's books, net of a $506,000 discount
     calculated at the Company's then incremental borrowing rate of 9.50%. The
     loan was scheduled to mature on August 31, 1998. During the year ended June
     30, 1996, the Company prepaid the entire outstanding loan balance. The
     resulting gain from prepayment was not material.

     SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

     In connection with the BABSS acquisition (see Note 4) on October 20, 1995,
     the Company issued and sold to its principal shareholders, an aggregate
     $30,000,000 principal amount of 10.101% Debentures (the "Affiliate Notes")
     due on October 20, 2001. The Affiliate Notes were subordinated to the 1995
     Term Loan and the revolving credit facility. Interest on the Affiliate
     Notes was payable semiannually on the last business day of June and
     December of each year commencing on December 31, 1995.

     In connection with the issuance of the debentures, the Company issued
     468,750 Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants"). Each Warrant
     initially entitled the owner to buy one share of Common Stock for $0.10.
     The number of shares that can be purchased per Warrant steps up over 24
     months in conjunction with the increasing conversion privilege applicable
     to the Preferred Stock such that, at the end of 24 months, each Warrant
     entitled the holder to buy approximately 1.21 shares of Common Stock at a
     price of $0.10 per share. The Warrants were exercisable from October 20,
     1997 until October 20, 2001, provided that if the Company had a public
     offering of its Common Stock meeting certain requirements before October
     20, 1997, the Warrants became exercisable at the time of the public
     offering and the number of shares that could be purchased on exercise was
     fixed at that time and no longer increased in steps. The Warrants also
     became exercisable upon retirement of the Debentures. Each Warrant had an
     assigned value of $7.25333 which resulted in an original issue discount of
     $3,400,000 which was being amortized over the term of the Affiliate Notes.
     Upon consummation of its initial public offering in April 1996, the Company
     was required to pay up to the total amount outstanding under the Affiliate
     Notes and, accordingly, the Company used $30,000,000 of the proceeds to
     retire the Affiliate Notes. As a result, the Company recorded an
     extraordinary loss in the amount of $3,211,000, net of taxes of $1,284,000,
     due to the acceleration of the amortization of original issue discount.

     1994 DEBT RESTRUCTURING

     On January 27, 1994, the Company amended its then current Credit Agreement
     to provide an $11,000,000 term loan and an $8,000,000 Revolving Credit
     Facility. The term loan provided for 29 equal monthly payments of $350,000
     beginning January 31, 1994 through May 31, 1996. Interest was at the "Base
     Rate" (the higher of the bank's base rate or 1/2 percent above the Federal
     Funds Effective Rate) plus 1 1/2 percent. The Revolving Credit Facility was
     due on demand and bore interest at the Base Rate plus 1 1/2 percent. The
     loans were collateralized by all of the Company's assets. The proceeds of
     the term loan were used to extinguish certain subordinated notes. The term
     loan was prepaid in June 1994. There were no borrowings under the Revolving
     Credit Facility through June 30, 1994.

     Also, on January 27, 1994, the Company agreed with certain noteholders to
     restructure its equity capitalization and subordinated debt. The
     noteholders forgave debt approximating $46,698,000 of principal and
     interest in exchange for cash and equity interest in the Company which
     resulted in a net gain

                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
     of approximately $20,031,000 to the Company, which was recorded as
     additional paid-in capital. The outstanding indebtedness as of January 27,
     1994 was restructured as follows:

     Senior Subordinated Noteholders exchanged $38,068,000 principal amount of
     notes, $2,008,000 in accrued but unpaid interest, 2,570,160 shares of the
     Company's common stock and warrants to purchase 210,369 shares of the
     Company's common stock for $19,625,000 in cash and 40,000 shares of the
     Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, with a
     redemption value of $100 per share (see Note 15).

     The Junior Subordinated Noteholders exchanged $6,556,000 principal amount
     of notes, $64,000 in accrued interest and warrants to purchase 55,707
     shares of the Company's common stock for 2,617,612 shares of the Company's
     common stock, $.01 par value. The shares of Common Stock issued were deemed
     at such time to have a fair value of $.50 per share.

     As part of previous credit agreements and the 1994 Debt Restructuring, the
     Company issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at
     a price of $10 per share. At June 30, 1995, due to antidilution adjustment,
     warrants to purchase 235,735 shares at an exercise price of $5.90 were
     outstanding. During 1996, warrants to purchase 101,257 shares of Common
     Stock were exercised. At June 30, 1996, warrants to purchase 134,478 shares
     of Common Stock were outstanding. These warrants expire in the year 2000.

11.  INCOME TAXES

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)                       
                                                               YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,                    
                                                     -------------------------------------             
                                                          1996         1995         1994               
       <S>                                           <C>            <C>           <C>                  
         Current:                                                                                      
          Federal                                      $ 2,892      $ 16,065      $ 2,485              
          State                                          1,595         4,599          760              
          Foreign                                          548        (1,272)                          
         Deferred:                                                                                     
          Federal                                        8,945       (29,897)                          
          State                                            641        (3,617)                          
          Foreign                                         (499)                                        
         Benefit of operating loss carryforwards:                                                      
          Federal                                                     (7,729)      (1,861)             
          State                                                       (1,253)        (360)             
          Foreign                                         (252)                                        
                                                       -------      --------      -------             
                                                                                                       
         Provision (benefit) for income taxes          $13,870      $(23,104)     $ 1,024              
                                                       =======      ========      =======              
</TABLE>

                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)       
                                                                 JUNE 30,         
                                                         ---------------------    
                                                             1996       1995      
       <S>                                               <C>           <C>        
       Gross deferred tax assets:                                                 
         Accounts receivable                                $ 1,341    $ 1,443    
         Inventory                                            2,586      3,299    
         Accrued expenses                                     6,378      3,761    
         Unused leases                                                   1,353    
         Fixed assets                                           299        100    
         Goodwill and other intangibles                       5,670        598    
         Operating loss carryforwards                        14,252     25,482    
         Minimum tax carryforward                             1,170        632    
                                                            -------    -------    
                                                                                  
       Gross deferred tax asset                              31,696     36,668    
       Net valuation allowance                                            (686)   
                                                                                  
       Gross deferred tax liabilities -                      (7,273)    (2,468)   
        repairable spare parts                              -------    -------    
                                                                                  
       Net deferred tax asset                               $24,423    $33,514    
                                                            =======    =======     
</TABLE>

     The change in the valuation allowance from 1995 to 1996 is principally due
     to the utilization of foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

     Net operating loss and minimum tax credit carryforwards available at June
     30, 1996 expire in the following years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)       YEAR OF      
                                                         AMOUNT           EXPIRATION   
       <S>                                            <C>                 <C>          
       Federal operating losses                            $38,136          2002-2009  
                                                                                       
       State operating losses                               15,223        1997 - 2009  
                                                                                       
       Minimum tax credit                                    1,170        INDEFINITE    
</TABLE>

     As a result of the Company's initial public offering, an "ownership change"
     occurred pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly,
     net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are limited during any
     future period to approximately $20.0 million per annum.

                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
     A reconciliation between the provision (benefit) for income taxes, computed
     by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for 1996, 35% for
     1995 and 34% for 1994 to income before income taxes, and the actual
     provision (benefit) for income taxes follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996        1995         1994     
                                                                                   
       <S>                                        <C>        <C>           <C>     
       Federal income tax provision at                                             
        statutory tax rate                         35.0 %      35.0 %       34.0 % 
       State income taxes, net of federal                                          
        income tax provision                        4.6         3.5          4.5   
       Foreign income taxes                                    (6.9)               
       Unused lease credit                                     (0.1)       (18.1)  
       Write-off of intangibles                                             12.6   
       Benefit of operating loss carryforward      (0.8)      (49.1)       (19.9)  
       Change in valuation allowance               (1.4)     (108.9)               
       Other                                        2.6         0.3         (3.9)  
                                                  -----      ------        -----   
                                                                                   
       Actual income tax provision (benefit)                                         
        effective tax rate                         40.0 %    (126.2)%        9.2 %   
                                                  =====      ======        =====     
</TABLE>

12.  OTHER LIABILITIES

     Other liabilities consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)   
                                                              JUNE 30,      
                                                       -------------------- 
                                                           1996      1995   
                                                                            
       <S>                                                <C>       <C>     
       Accrued rent, unused facilities and             
        deferred revenues                                 $ 4,237   $ 2,334
       Other noncurrent liabilities                        10,049    10,049 
                                                          -------   ------- 
                                                                            
                                                          $14,286   $12,383 
                                                          =======   =======  
</TABLE>

     Other noncurrent liabilities include provisions for possible liabilities
     relating to various tax matters.

13.  STOCK OPTION AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     Under the 1988 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, the name of
     which was subsequently changed to DecisionOne Stock Option and Restricted
     Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"), the Company, at the discretion of the
     Board of Directors, may issue restricted stock, incentive stock options and
     non-qualified options for shares of the Company's common stock. Vesting of
     the restricted stock and stock options is at the discretion of the Board of
     Directors and generally occurs at a rate of 25% per year.

     During 1994, the Board of Directors amended the Plan increasing the total
     number of shares issuable to approximately 2,350,000. Additionally, in
     November 1995 the Board of Directors amended the Plan increasing the total
     number of shares issuable to approximately 3,350,000.

     The price of the incentive stock options issued to employees under the Plan
     is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common shares at the
     date of issuance. The option price for nonqualified options is determined
     by the Board of Directors at the time of grant and may be less than the
     fair market value of the common shares at the time of grant. However, no
     such options were granted at prices less then 100% of the fair value of
     common shares at the date of issuance.

     Options expire through May 2006. Restricted shares which are not vested
     upon an employee's termination are subject to a repurchase right of the
     Company at a price equal to the amount paid by the employee.

                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
     Presented below is the activity in the Plan for the years ended June 30,
     1996, 1995 and 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                OPTIONS          PRICE RANGE 
                                                                             
       <S>                                     <C>              <C>          
       Balance, July 1, 1993                     436,606        $.50 - 100.00
         Options granted                       1,507,089        .50         
         Options canceled                           (100)       .50         
                                               ---------                     
                                                                             
       Balance, June 30, 1994                  1,943,595        .50 - 100.00 
         Options exercised                       (15,000)       .50         
         Options granted                         410,000       1.25 -  6.00 
         Options cancelled                       (75,275)       .50 -  100.00
                                               ---------                     
                                                                             
       Balance, June 30, 1995                  2,263,320        .50 -  6.00 
         Options exercised                      (329,850)       .50 -  6.00 
         Options granted                         803,000       8.00 - 27.50 
         Options cancelled                      (125,000)      1.25 -  8.00 
                                               ---------                     
                                                                             
       Balance, June 30, 1996                  2,611,470        $.50 -  27.50
                                               =========                     
</TABLE>

     As of June 30, 1996, 1,274,877 options were vested and 382,808 options
     remained available for issuance.  As of June 30, 1995, 977,454 options were
     vested and 40,901 options remained available for issuance.

14.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The Company conducts its operations primarily from leased warehouses and
     office facilities and uses certain computer, data processing and other
     equipment under operating lease agreements expiring on various dates
     through 2005. The future minimum lease payments for operating leases having
     initial or remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year for the five
     years succeeding June 30, 1996 and thereafter are as follows (in
     thousands):

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                         <C>        
       1997                                                        $20,477    
       1998                                                         16,080    
       1999                                                         13,300    
       2000                                                         10,811    
       2001                                                          4,621    
       Thereafter                                                   12,150    
                                                                   -------     
 
                                                                   $77,439   
                                                                   ======= 
</TABLE>

     On December 29, 1993, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to
     terminate an existing lease on an unused facility, resulting in a payment
     to the lessor amounting to $1,000,000. The payment was structured in the
     form of cash and a $250,000 five-year, noninterest-bearing note payable.
     The settlement resulted in a credit of approximately $8,000,000 recorded in
     the consolidated statement of operations net of the provision of $1,599,000
     for additional unused leases for the year ended June 30, 1994. The
     outstanding balance of the $250,000 five-year, noninterest-bearing note
     payable was repaid in full during the year ended June 30, 1995.

     Rental expense, exclusive of unused rental expense and credits under all
     noncancelable operating leases, amounted to approximately $13,149,000,
     $5,878,000 and $5,128,000, for the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
15.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In January 1994, as part of its debt restructuring (see Note 10), the
     Company authorized the issuance of 22,500 shares of Series A redeemable
     preferred stock, $1.00 par value, and 40,000 shares of Series B redeemable
     preferred stock, $1.00 par value. The Series A redeemable preferred stock
     ("Series A Preferred Stock") was issued in exchange for $2,250,000 in cash
     and the Series B redeemable preferred stock ("Series B Preferred Stock")
     was issued in connection with the settlement of the senior subordinated
     notes (see Note 10). On October 17, 1995, the Board of Directors and the
     shareholders amended the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to
     authorize the issuance of 300,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, $1.00
     par value (herein called the "Series C Preferred Stock" and together with
     the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, herein
     called the "Preferred Stock"). On December 8, 1995, the Board of Directors
     and shareholders further amended the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
     to authorize 376,416 shares of preferred stock; consisting of 23,499 shares
     designated Series A; 41,776 shares designated Series B; and 311,141 shares
     designated Series C.

     The holders of Series A Preferred Stock voted as a class (each holder of
     Series A Preferred Stock entitled to one vote for each share of common
     stock that would be issuable to such holder upon the conversion of the
     Series A Preferred Stock); each share of the Series B and Series C
     Preferred Stock was nonvoting. Cash dividends were cumulative and accrued
     at the rate of $6.00 per share per annum for Series A and Series B and
     $4.00 per share per annum for Series C from the date of issuance. Dividends
     were paid when and as declared by the Board of Directors. Series A was
     junior to Series C and senior to Series B. No dividends (except dividends
     payable in common stock) were permitted on Series A and Series B Preferred
     Stock or on common stock, and no redemption of Series A and B Preferred
     Stock or common stock was permitted unless all accrued dividends of Series
     C Preferred Stock had been paid and Series C Preferred Stock had been fully
     redeemed. The Series A, B and C redeemable preferred stock was assigned a
     value of $100 per share.

     The Series A and B preferred stock were to be automatically converted if
     the Company completed a public offering in which the total price paid for
     shares of common stock was at least $12.5 million, the price per share of
     common stock was at least $2.75, and the common stock was authorized for
     trading on Nasdaq or listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange. The
     Series C Preferred Stock was to automatically convert if the Company
     completed a public offering of shares of its common stock in which (i) the
     aggregate price paid for such shares by the public was at least $50
     million, (ii) the price per share paid by the public for such shares was at
     least $10 per share, and (iii) the common stock after such public offering,
     was authorized for trading on Nasdaq or was listed on the New York or
     American Stock Exchange. Accordingly, as of June 30, 1996 all outstanding
     preferred stock has been converted into common stock.

                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
     The following table summarizes certain matters relating to Series A, B and
     C preferred stock activity from July 1, 1993 to June 30, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SERIES A             SERIES B                    SERIES C
                                              -------------------------------------------          ----------------
          (IN THOUSANDS)                             SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES    AMOUNT        SHARES     AMOUNT    TOTAL
          <S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>     
          Balance, July 1, 1993
          Issuance of Series A and B Preferred
              Stock                                  22,500    $ 2,250    40,000    $ 4,000                            $  6,250
          Accretion of accruing dividends                           67                  119                                 186
                                                    -------    -------   -------    -------                            --------
 
          Balance, June 30, 1994                     22,500      2,317    40,000      4,119                               6,436  
          Accretion of accruing dividends                          135                  240                                 375
                                                    -------    -------   -------    -------                            --------
 
          Balance, June 30, 1995                     22,500      2,452    40,000      4,359                               6,811
          Issuance of Series A, B and C
          Preferred Stock                               999        100     1,776        178       311,141    $ 31,114    31,392
          Accretion of accruing dividends                          107                  190                       588       885  
          Payment of accrued dividends                            (309)                (549)                     (588)   (1,446)
          Conversion to Common Stock                (23,499)    (2,350)  (41,776)    (4,178)     (311,141)    (31,114)  (37,642)
                                                    -------    -------   -------    -------      --------    --------  --------
 
          Balance, June 30, 1996                          0    $     0         0    $     0             0    $      0  $      0
                                                    =======    =======   =======    =======      ========    ========  ========
 </TABLE>

     During the year ended June 30, 1996, certain shareholders exercised their
     preemptive right to subscribe for and purchase additional shares of Common
     Stock or other securities so issued at the same price as originally issued
     on certain occasions from 1992 through 1995. On December 4, 1995, the
     following securities were purchased: (a) 382,578 shares of Common Stock at
     a price of $4 per share; (b) 999 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a
     price of $100 per share; (c) 1,776 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at a
     price of $100 per share; (d) 1,924 shares of Common Stock at a price of
     $.50 per share; (e) 11,141 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, at a price
     of $100 per share; and (f) 17,407 Common Stock Purchase Warrants at a price
     of $7.25333 per warrant which entitles the holder to purchase 17,407 shares
     of Common Stock at an exercise price of $.10 per share. The 17,407 Common
     Stock Purchase Warrants were exercised in 1996.

     On February 9, 1996, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation
     to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 100,000,000
     shares and to authorize 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

     In April 1996, the Company completed a public offering of 6,300,000 shares
     of common stock at $18.00 per share (the "Offering"). Prior to the
     Offering, there was no public market for the Company's common stock. The
     common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
     "DOCI".

     The net proceeds of the offering, after deducting applicable issuance costs
     and expenses were $104,740,000. The proceeds were used to repay
     approximately $70,000,000 of the 1995 Term Loan, $30,000,000 in Affiliate
     Notes, approximately $1,446,000 in accrued dividends to holders of the
     Redeemed Preferred Stock and for other general corporate purposes.

     In connection with the Company's initial public offering in April 1996, all
     of the preferred shares were automatically converted to common stock at the
     conversion price of $.4928 per Series A share, $1.6560 per Series B share,
     and $7.8161 per Series C share. Preferred shares were converted into
     11,271,924 shares of common stock. Additionally, dividends in arrears of
     $309,000 for Series A, $549,000 for Series B, and $588,000 for Series C
     were declared and paid by the Company.

     In connection with his service as a director and Chairman of the Board
     prior to 1994, the Company granted an individual warrants to purchase an
     aggregate of 66,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.00
     per share. The warrants which expire on March 15, 2003 remain outstanding
     at June 30, 1996.

                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
     For further information regarding warrants attached to affiliate notes, and
     other outstanding warrants, see Note 10.

16.  RETIREMENT PLANS

     The Company maintains a 401(k) plan for its employees which is funded
     through the contributions of its participants. A similar plan exists for
     former employees of an acquired company for which eligibility and
     additional contributions were frozen in September 1988.

     In addition, the Company assumed the liability of the defined benefit
     pension plan applicable to employees of a company acquired in 1986. The
     eligibility and benefits were frozen as of the date of the acquisition.

     Pension expense for the defined benefit pension plan was computed as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)      
                                                        YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,   
                                                     ------------------------  
                                                        1996     1995    1994  
                                                                               
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>     <C>   
                                                        $ 495    $ 482   $ 461 
       Interest cost                                     (449)    (312)   (271)
       Actual return on plan assets                        72      (42)    (72)
       Net amortization and deferral                    -----    -----   ----- 
                                                                               
       Periodic pension costs                           $ 118    $ 128   $ 118 
                                                        =====    =====   =====  
</TABLE>

     The discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the
     projected benefit obligation was 7.5% and the expected long-term rate of
     return on assets was 8.5% for 1996, 1995 and 1994.

     The following table sets forth the funded status of the frozen pension plan
     as of May 1, 1996 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)   
                                                           -------------------  
                                                               1996     1995    
                                                                                
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>      
       Accumulated benefits (100% vested)                    $ 7,116   $ 6,757  
       Fair value of plan assets                               5,800     5,432  
                                                             -------   -------  
                                                                                
           Unfunded projected benefit                          1,316     1,325  
            obligation                                                          
                                                                                
       Unrecognized net loss                                   1,848     1,705  
       Unrecognized net transition obligation                    504       536  
       Adjustment to recognized minimum liability             (2,352)   (2,241) 
                                                             -------   -------  
                                                                                
       Accrued pension costs                                 $ 1,316   $ 1,325  
                                                             =======   =======
</TABLE>

17.  RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES

     In the second quarter of fiscal year 1996, in connection with the BABSS
     acquisition, the Company recorded a restructuring expense of $7.0 million
     for $6.9 million of leases of duplicate facilities (the former
     headquarters, several large repair depots, and numerous field offices of
     the Company) and $0.1 million of severance of former employees of the
     Company. Such amounts were based on management estimates.

                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
     In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1996, the Company reversed $3.4
     million of the restructuring expense. The reversal was the result of the
     Company's ability to utilize and sublease various facilities identified in
     the original restructuring charge. Such information was unknown to the
     Company when the original charge was recorded.

18.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     The Company, or certain businesses as to which it is alleged that the
     Company is a successor, have been identified as potentially responsible
     parties in respect to three waste disposal sites that have been identified
     by the United States Environmental Protection Agency as Superfund sites. In
     addition, the Company received a notice several years ago that it may be a
     potentially responsible party with respect to a fourth, related site, but
     has not received any other communication with respect to that site. Under
     applicable law, all parties responsible for disposal of hazardous
     substances at those sites are jointly and severally liable for clean-up
     costs. The Company originally estimated that its share of the costs of the
     clean-up of one of these sites would be approximately $500,000 which is
     provided for in liabilities related to the discontinued products division
     in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1996 and
     1995. Complete information as to the scope of required clean-up at these
     sites is not yet available and, therefore, management's evaluation may be
     affected as further information becomes available. However, in light of
     information currently available to management, including information
     regarding assessments of the sites to date and the nature of involvement of
     the Company's predecessor at the sites, it is management's opinion that the
     Company's share, if any, of the cost of clean-up of these sites will not be
     material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations or
     liquidity of the Company.

     The Company is also party to various legal proceedings incidental to its
     business. Certain claims, suits and complaints arising in the ordinary
     course of business have been filed or are pending against the Company. In
     the opinion of management, these actions can be successfully defended or
     resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated
     financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

19.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Prior to 1994, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase printer
     products from Genicom Corporation (Genicom). The Company and Genicom are
     under common ownership. The initial term of the agreement is for five years
     with an option to extend based on mutual agreement of the parties.
     Purchases from Genicom for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
     were approximately $1,512,000, $1,972,000 and $1,421,000, respectively.
     Accounts payable to Genicom amounted to approximately $14,000 and $42,000
     as of June 30, 1996 and 1995.

     During the year ended June 30, 1996, the Company entered into a contract
     with a related party for cleaning services. The approximate annual value of
     the contract approximates $150,000.

     During the year ended June 30, 1996, the Company paid approximately
     $125,000 for expense reimbursements to certain shareholders for services
     rendered in connection with an acquisition in 1988. The amount was accrued
     for in prior years.

     In connection with the Company's financing of the BABSS acquisition on
     October 20, 1995, the Company issued subordinated debentures and redeemable
     preferred stock to certain related parties (see Notes 10 and 15).

                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
20.  INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

     Primary income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted
     average number of shares of common stock and dilutive common stock
     equivalents outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents are
     computed on the applicable outstanding options and warrants using the
     average price for the period under the treasury stock method. For the years
     ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the effect upon the primary income per
     share of common stock equivalents was dilutive and is included in the
     computations. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
     Accounting Bulletins, primary income (loss) per share when presented during
     periods which include a Company's initial public offering, also include
     amounts computed on options and warrants issued within twelve months of the
     filing date as if they were outstanding for all periods presented, even
     when the result is anti-dilutive, using the treasury stock method and the
     assumed initial public offering price. For these options and warrants, the
     determination of common stock and equivalents outstanding for the remainder
     of the year, subsequent to initial public offering, assumes computation
     using average prices for the period under the treasury stock method.
     Additionally, the computation of primary income (loss) per common share
     includes the conversion of all preferred stock, which automatically
     converts to shares of common stock as of the closing of the initial public
     offering, as if they were outstanding for all periods prior to the initial
     public offering, even when the result is anti-dilutive.

     The fully diluted income (loss) per common share computation assumes common
     stock equivalents are computed on the applicable outstanding options and
     warrants using the end of the period price under the treasury stock method.

21.  SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (UNAUDITED)

     The unaudited supplementary primary and fully diluted income per common
     share data gives effect to the Company's initial public offering and
     recapitalization and the assumed use of predominately all of the proceeds
     from the Company's sale of 6,300,000 shares of common stock therefrom to
     principally reduce by approximately $70 million the outstanding amount of
     its 1995 Term Loan due September 30, 2000, and to repay the $30 million
     face amount of the Affiliate Notes in each case as if such transactions had
     occurred on October 20, 1995, the date of the aforementioned debt
     transactions. Supplementary weighted average number of common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding reflects additional shares of 3,647,368
     assumed to be outstanding to effect these transactions. The supplementary
     extraordinary item results from the write-off of unamortized original issue
     discount related to the warrants issued in conjunction with the Affiliate
     Notes, which occurred in April 1996, and is assumed as of October 20, 1995.

     The unaudited supplementary per share data for the year ended June 30, 1996
     are as follows:

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                                                   <C>        
       SUPPLEMENTARY PRIMARY INCOME PER SHARE DATA: 

         Supplementary income from continuing operations before extraordinary item               $ 0.81           
         Supplementary extraordinary item - early extinguishment of debt                         $(0.07)  
         Supplementary weighted average number of common and common                                       
           equivalent shares outstanding                                                     28,843,235  
                                                                                                          
       SUPPLEMENTARY FULLY DILUTED INCOME PER SHARE DATA:                                                 
                                                                                                          
         Supplementary income from continuing operations before extraordinary item               $ 0.80   
         Supplementary extraordinary item -  early extinguishment of debt                        $(0.07)  
         Supplementary weighted average number of common and common                                       
           equivalent shares outstanding                                                     29,077,329   
 </TABLE>

                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
22.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

     The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly financial information
     for the fiscal years ended 1996 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    QUARTER ENDED                        
                                                -----------------------------------------------------   
       (Dollars in thousands except per share     SEPTEMBER   DECEMBER 31,  MARCH 31,  JUNE 30, /(1)/   
        amounts)                                     30,                                                
                                                                                                        
       1996                                                                                             
                                                                                                        
       <S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>              
       Revenues                                      $46,791      $149,703   $172,673        $171,024   
       Gross profit                                   15,524        38,224     42,711          41,416   
       Income before extraordinary item                4,386           638      5,842           9,923   
       Net income                                      4,386           638      5,842           7,996   
       Primary income per common share:                                                                 
         Income before extraordinary item               0.19          0.03       0.25            0.34   
         Net income                                     0.19          0.03       0.25            0.27    
 </TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    QUARTER ENDED                        
                                                -----------------------------------------------------    
       (Dollars in thousands except per share     SEPTEMBER   DECEMBER 31,  MARCH 31,  JUNE 30, /(2)/    
        amounts)                                     30,                                                 
                                                                                                         
       1995                                                                                              
                                                                                                         
       <S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>               
       Revenues                                      $32,044       $41,730    $41,660         $47,586    
       Gross profit                                    8,334        13,221     13,245          14,737    
       Income before extraordinary item                1,476         4,043      4,660          32,349    
       Net income                                      1,476         4,043      4,660          32,349    
       Primary income per common share:                                                                  
         Income before extraordinary item               0.06          0.18       0.20            1.42    
         Net income                                     0.06          0.18       0.20            1.42     
</TABLE>

(1)  Net income for the fourth quarter of 1996 includes (a) a $3.4 million
     reversal of the previously recorded restructuring charge for unutilized
     leases (Note 17); and (b) a $1.5 million adjustment related to recoveries
     of previously reserved receivables.

(2)  Net income for the fourth quarter of 1995 includes a tax benefit of $24.9
     million primarily related to the future utilization of tax loss
     carryforwards.

                                    ******

                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Schedule II


                  DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

                       Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                              Additions
                                                       -------------------------
        Description                  Balance of       Charges to       Charges to                      Balance at 
                                    Beginning of      Corp. and          Other                           End of                     
                                      Period          Expenses          Accounts       Deductions        Period
                                    ------------      --------          --------       ----------        ------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>    
Year Ended June 30, 1996                                                                                
Accounts Receivable--                                                                                   
Allowance for Uncollectible                                                                             
Accounts........................     $ 6,616                            $3,434         $  (470)(a)      $ 9,580

Inventory--                                                                                                    
Allowance of Obsolescence.......     $11,788           $1,171           $1,450(b)      $(3,615)         $14,794 
                             
Year Ended June 30, 1995                                                                                       
Allowance for                                                                                                  
 uncollectible accounts.........     $ 1,481           $1,930           $3,225(a)                       $ 6,616
                                                                                                               
Inventory--                                                                                                    
   Allowance for Obsolescence...     $ 8,370           $1,995           $1,423(b)                       $11,788
                                                                                                               
Year Ended June 30, 1994                                                                                       
Accounts Receivable--                                                                                          
   Allowance for                                                                                               
    uncollectible                                                                                              
        accounts................     $ 2,170           $ (162)                         $  (547)(a)      $ 1,461
Inventory-                                                                                                     
   Allowance for                                                                                               
    Obsolescence................     $ 6,196           $1,580           $  594(b)                       $ 8,370
</TABLE>

(a) Amount represents net recoveries (writeoffs) during the year and allowances
    recorded as a result of acquisitions during the year.

(b) Amount primarily represents allowance recorded as a result of acquisitions
    during the year.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Exhibits
- --------

     The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.  Where so indicated by footnote, exhibits which were previously filed
are incorporated by refernce.  For exhibits incorporated by reference, the
location of the exhibit in the previous filing is indicated parenthetically,
together with a reference to the filing indicated by footnote.

    Exhibit No.        Exhibit
    -----------        -------

     3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1)(1)

     3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2)(1)

     10.1*+   Amended and Restated Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase 
              Plan, subject to approval at the next annual meeting of 
              stockholders

     10.2+    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit 10.2)(1)

     10.3+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated June 1, 1993, with Kenneth
              Draeger (Exhibit 10.3)(1)

     10.4+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated August 1, 1993, with
              Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.4)(1)

     10.5+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 1994, with
              Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.5)(1)

     10.6+    Incentive Stock Option Agreement with R. Peter Zimmermann 
              (Exhibit 10.6)(1)

     10.7+    Employment Agreement with Kenneth Draeger (Exhibit 10.7)(1)

     10.8+    Employment Letter with Stephen J. Felice (Exhibit 10.8)(1)

     10.9+    Employment Letter with R. Peter Zimmermann (Exhibit 10.9)(1)

     10.10+   Employment Letter with James J. Greenwell (Exhibit 10.10)(1)

     10.11    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement 
              (Exhibit 10.11)(1)

     10.12    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights
              Agreement (Exhibit 10.12)(1)

     10.13    Lease for Frazer, Pennsylvania executive offices (East)
              (Exhibit 10.14)(1)

     10.14    Lease for Frazer, Pennsylvania executive offices (West)
              (Exhibit 10.15)(1)

     10.15    Lease for Malvern, Pennsylvania depot and call center 
              (Exhibit 10.16)(1)

     10.16+   Employment Letter with Joseph S. Giordano (Exhibit 10.17)(2)

     10.17    Lease for Bloomington, Minnesota call center (Exhibit 10.18)(2)
<PAGE>
 
     10.18    Lease for Hayward, California depot (Exhibit 10.19)(2)

     10.19    Lease for Northborough, Massachusettes depot (Exhibit 10.20)(2)
              
     10.20*   Employment Agreement with Thomas J. Fitzpatrick 

     10.21*+  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 1996, among   
              DecisionOne Holdings Corp., DecisionOne Corporation and The First
              National Bank of Boston et al.                                   

     11*      Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings
 
     21*      Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

     23*      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

     24*      Power of Attorney

- -------------------------------

*    Filed herewith.

+    Compensation plans and arrangements for executives and others.

(1)  Filed as an Exhibit to Registration Statement No. 333-1256 on Form S-1
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 1996.

(2)  Filed as an Exhibit to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration
     Statement No. 333-1256 on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on March 14, 1996.
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Frazer, Pennsylvania on
September 30, 1996.


                                         DecisionOne Holdings Corp.

                                         By:      /s/   Kenneth Draeger
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                    Kenneth Draeger
                                              Chairman of the Board and
                                               Chief Executive Officer

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Security Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the indicated persons and by Kenneth Draeger as attorney-in-
fact for the specific persons in the capacities with Registrant on the dates
indicated.

Signature                         Title                      Date
- ---------                         -----                      ----
 
             *                    Director                   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------
Don E. Ackerman
 
             *                    Director                   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------
Bruce K. Anderson
 
             *                    Director                   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------
Michael C. Brooks
 
 /s/ Kenneth Draeger
- ---------------------------
Kenneth Draeger                   Chairman of the Board and  September 30, 1996
                                   Chief Executive Officer 
                                    (Principal Executive 
                                    Officer)
 
             *                    Director                   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------
Thomas E. McInerney                                  
 
             *                    Director                   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------
Arthur F. Weinbach           
 
             *                    Vice President and Chief   September 30, 1996
- ---------------------------        Financial Officer 
Thomas J. Fitzpatrick              (Principal Financial and
                                   Accounting Officer)



*By:    /s/  Kenneth Draeger
     ------------------------------
            Kenneth Draeger
            Attorney-in-Fact

                                       22

<PAGE>
 
                          DECISIONONE HOLDINGS  CORP.
                          ---------------------------

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------
                Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
                -----------------------------------------------


          Section 1.     Purpose.  The  purpose of the DecisionOne Holdings
                         -------                                           
Corp. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is to promote
the interests of DecisionOne Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") and any Subsidiary thereof, and its stockholders by providing an
opportunity to selected employees, officers and directors of the Company or any
Subsidiary thereof as of the date of the adoption of this Plan or at any time
thereafter to purchase Common Stock of the Company. By encouraging such stock
ownership, the Company seeks to attract, retain and motivate such employees and
persons and to encourage such employees and persons to devote their best efforts
to the business and financial success of the Company.  It is intended that this
purpose will be effected by the granting of "non-qualified stock options" and/or
"incentive stock options" to acquire the Common Stock of the Company and/or by
the granting of rights to purchase the Common Stock of the Company on a
"restricted stock" basis.  Under this Plan, the Committee shall have the
authority (in its sole discretion) to grant "incentive stock options" within the
meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, "non-qualified stock options" as
described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-7 or any successor regulation
thereto, or "restricted stock" awards.

          Section 2.     Definitions.  For purposes of this Plan, the following
                         -----------                                           
terms used herein shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning
is clearly required by the context.

          2.1. "Award" shall mean an award of the right to purchase Common Stock
                -----                                                           
granted under the provisions of Section 7 of the Plan.

          2.2.  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
                 ------------------                                          
Company.

          2.3.  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
                 ----                                                           

          2.4.  "Committee"  shall mean the committee of the Board of Directors
                 ---------                                                     
referred to in Section 5 hereof.

          2.5.  "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of
                 ------------                                                 
the Company.

          2.6.  "Employee" shall mean (i) with respect to an ISO, any person
                 --------                                                   
including an officer or director of the Company, who, at the time an ISO is
granted to such person hereunder, is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company, and 
<PAGE>
 
(ii) with respect to a Non-Qualified Option and/or an Award
shall mean any person employed by, or performing consulting services (other than
consulting services in connection with a capital transaction) for the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company, including, without limitation, directors and
officers.

          2.7.  "ISO" shall mean an Option granted to an Employee under the Plan
                 ---                                                            
which constitutes and shall be treated as an "incentive stock option" as defined
in Section 422(b) of the Code.

          2.7A      "Non-Employee Directors" shall mean members of the Board of
                     ----------------------                                    
Directors who are not employed in any capacity by the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company.

          2.8.  "Non-Qualified Option" shall mean an Option granted to a
                 --------------------                                   
Participant pursuant to the Plan which is intended to be, and qualifies as, a
"non-qualified stock option" as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-7
and which shall not constitute nor be treated as an ISO.

          2.9.  "Option"  shall mean any ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted to
                 ------                                                        
a Participant pursuant to this Plan.

          2.10.  "Participant"  shall mean any Employee or Non-Employee Director
                  -----------                                                   
to whom an Award and/or an Option is granted under this Plan.

          2.11.  "Parent of the Company" shall have the meaning set forth in
                  ---------------------                                     
Section 424(e) of the Code.

          2.12.  "Subsidiary of the Company"  shall have the meaning set forth
                  -------------------------                                   
in Section 424(f) of the Code.

          Section 3.     Eligibility.  Awards and/or Options may be granted to
                         -----------                                          
any Employee and any Non-Employee Director.  The Committee shall have the sole
authority to select the persons to whom Awards and/or Options are to be granted
hereunder and to determine whether a person is to be granted a Non-Qualified
Option, an ISO or an Award or any combination thereof, except that Non-Employee
Directors shall be eligible only to receive Non-Qualified Options pursuant to
Section 6.3 hereof.  No person other than Non-Employee Directors shall have any
right to receive grants or to participate in the Plan.  Any person selected by
the Committee for participation during any one period will not by virtue of such
participation have the right to be selected as a Participant for any other
period.

          Section 4.     Common Stock Subject to the Plan.
                         -------------------------------- 

          4.1.  The total number of shares of Common Stock for which Options
and/or Awards may be granted under this Plan shall 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
not exceed in the aggregate five million three hundred and fifty thousand
(5,350,000) shares of Common Stock. The maximum aggregate number of shares of
Common Stock that shall be subject to Options and/or Awards under this Plan to
any single individual during any calendar year shall be 80% of the aggregate
number of shares specified in the preceding sentence.

          4.2.  The shares of Common Stock that may be subject to Options and/or
Awards granted under this Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or
shares reacquired at any time and now or hereafter held as treasury stock as the
Committee may determine.  In the event that any outstanding Option expires or is
terminated for any reason, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of
such Option may again be subject to an Option and/or Award granted under this
Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award or the
exercise of an Option shall have been repurchased by the Company, then such
shares shall again become available for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

          4.3.           Special ISO Limitations.
                         ----------------------- 

          (a) The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date an ISO
is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are
exercisable for the first time by an Employee during any calendar year (under
all Incentive Stock Option Plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of
the Company) shall not exceed $100,000; provided, however that in the event the
foregoing limit is exceeded, the Options, to the extent of such excess, shall be
treated as Non-Qualified Options.

          (b) No ISO shall be granted to an Employee who, at the time the ISO is
granted, owns (actually or constructively under the provisions of Section 424(d)
of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company, unless the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value
(determined as of the time the ISO is granted) of the shares of Common Stock
subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable more than five
years from the date it is granted.

          4.4.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the provisions
of Sections 4.3(a) and (b) shall not apply, nor shall be construed to apply, to
any Non-Qualified Option or Award granted under the Plan.


          Section 5.     Administration of the Plan.
                         -------------------------- 

          5.1.        The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by a
committee consisting of not less than two persons appointed by 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
the Board of Directors of the Company from among its members, all of whom are
"disinterested persons" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and "outside directors," as defined
under section 162(m) of the Code and related Treasury regulations.

          5.2.  (a)  Options.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the
                     -------                                            
Committee shall have the sole authority and discretion under this Plan (i) to
select the Participants who are to be granted Options hereunder; (ii) to
designate whether any Option to be granted hereunder is to be an ISO or a Non-
Qualified Option; (iii) to establish the number of shares of Common Stock that
may be issued under each Option; (iv) to determine the time and the conditions
subject to which Options may be exercised in whole or in part; (v) to determine
the form of the consideration that may be used to purchase shares of Common
Stock upon exercise of any Option (including the circumstances under which the
Company's issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock may be used by a
Participant to exercise an Option); (vi) to impose restrictions and/or
conditions with respect to shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an
Option; (vii) to determine the circumstances under which shares of Common Stock
acquired upon exercise of any Option may be subject to repurchase by the
Company; (viii) to determine the circumstances and conditions subject to which
shares acquired upon exercise of an Option may be sold or otherwise transferred,
including without limitation, the circumstances and conditions subject to which
a proposed sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option
may be subject to the Company's right of first refusal (as well as the terms and
conditions of any such right of first refusal); (ix) to establish vesting
provisions for any Option relating to the time (or the circumstance) when the
Option may be exercised by a Participant, including vesting provisions which may
be contingent upon the Company meeting specified financial goals; (x) to
accelerate the time when outstanding Options may be exercised, provided,
                                                               --------
however, that any ISOs shall be "accelerated" within the meaning of Section
- -------
424(h) of the Code, and (xi) to establish any other terms, restrictions and/or
conditions applicable to any Option not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Plan

          (b) Award.  The Committee shall have the sole authority and discretion
              -----                                                             
under this Plan (i) to select the Participants (other than Non-Employee
Directors) who are to be granted Awards hereunder; (ii) to determine the amount
to be paid by a Participant to acquire shares of Common Stock pursuant to an
Award, which amount may be equal to, more than, or less than 100% of the fair
market value of such shares on the date the Award is granted; (iii) to determine
the time or times and the conditions subject to which Awards may be made; (iv)
to determine the time or times and the conditions subject to which the shares of
Common Stock subject to an Award are to become vested and no longer 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
subject to repurchase by the Company; (v) to establish transfer restrictions and
the terms and conditions on which any such transfer restrictions with respect to
an Award shall lapse; (vi) to establish vesting provisions with respect to any
shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, including vesting provisions which
may be contingent upon the Company meeting specified financial goals; (vii) to
determine the circumstances under which shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
to an Award may be subject to repurchase by the Company; (viii) to determine the
time or times and the conditions subject to which any shares of Common Stock
subject to an Award may be repurchased by the Company (as well as the terms and
conditions of any such repurchase); (ix) to determine the circumstances and
conditions subject to which a proposed sale of shares of Common Stock subject to
an Award may be subject to the Company's right of first refusal (as well as the
terms and conditions of any such right or first refusal); (x) to determine the
form of consideration that may be used to purchase shares of Common Stock
pursuant to an Award (including the circumstance under which the Company's
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock may be used by a Participant to
purchase the Common Stock subject to an Award); (xi) to accelerate time at which
any or all restrictions imposed with respect to any shares of Common Stock
subject to an Award will lapse or otherwise remove any or all such restrictions;
and (xii) to establish any other terms, restrictions and/or conditions
applicable to any Award not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.

          5.3.        Subject to Section 6.3, the Committee shall be authorized
to interpret the Plan and may, from time to time, adopt such rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem
advisable to carry out the purpose of this Plan.

          5.4.        The interpretation and construction by the Committee of
any provisions of the Plan, any Option and/or Award granted hereunder or any
agreement evidencing any such Option and/or Award shall be final and conclusive
upon all parties.

          5.5.  Subject to Section 6.3, members of the Committee, who are either
eligible for Options hereunder, or to whom Options have been granted hereunder,
may vote on any matter affecting the administration of the Plan or the granting
of Options under the Plan; provided, however, that no director (or member of the
                           --------  -------                                    
Committee) shall vote upon the granting of an Option to himself, but any such
director may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting
of the Committee at which the Plan is administered or action taken with respect
to the granting of any Option.

          5.6.  All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the
administration of the Plan shall be borne by the 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
Company. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other
persons in connection with the administration of the Plan. The Company, and its
officers and directors, shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or
valuations of any such persons. No member of the Committee shall be liable for
any action, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with
respect to the Plan or any Option and/or Award granted hereunder.

          5.7  Satisfaction of Option Price.  The Optionee shall pay the option
               ----------------------------                                    
price in (i) cash, (ii) with the consent of the Committee in its sole
discretion, by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee
and having a fair market value (as defined in Section 6.1(a)) equal to the
option price, (iii) with the consent of the Committee in its sole discretion,
with the proceeds of a promissory note payable by the Optionee to the Company,
but only in accordance with the provisions of a Loan Program established by the
Company, or any successor program as in effect from time to time, (A) in a
principal amount of up to 100% of the payment due upon the exercise of the Stock
Option, or such applicable lower percentage as may be specified by the Committee
pursuant to the Loan Program, and (B) bearing interest at a rate not less than
the applicable Federal rate prescribed by Section 1274 of the Code, or such
higher rate as may be specified by the Committee pursuant to the Loan Program,
(iv) by such other mode of payment as may be approved by the Committee including
payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T
of the Federal Reserve Board, or (v) through any combination of (i), (ii),
(iii), (iv) or (v).  The Optionee shall pay the option price and the amount of
withholding tax due, if any, at the time of exercise.  Shares of Common Stock
shall not be issued or transferred upon exercise of a Stock Option until the
option price is fully paid.

          Section 6.     Terms and Conditions of Options.
                         ------------------------------- 

          6.1.  ISOs.  The terms and conditions of each ISO granted under the
                ----                                                         
Plan shall be specified by the Committee and shall be set forth in an ISO
agreement between the Company and the Participant in such form as the Committee
shall approve.  The terms and conditions of each ISO shall be such that each ISO
issued hereunder shall constitute and shall be treated as an "incentive stock
option" as defined in Section 422 of the Code. The terms and conditions of any
ISO granted hereunder need not be identical to those of any other ISO granted
hereunder.

          The terms and conditions of each ISO shall include the following:

          (a) The option price shall be fixed by the Committee but shall in no
event be less than 100% (or 110% in the case of an Employee referred to in
Section 4.3(b) hereof) of the fair 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the ISO on the date the
ISO is granted. For purposes of this Plan, the fair market value per share of
Common Stock as of any day shall mean the average of the closing prices of sales
of shares of Common Stock on all national securities exchanges on which the
Common Stock may at the time be listed or, if there shall have been no sales on
any such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such
exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day the Common Stock shall not
be so listed, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted in the
NASDAQ system on such day, or, if on any day the Common Stock shall not be
quoted in the NASDAQ systems, the average of the high and low bid and asked
prices on such day in the over-the-counter market as reported by National
Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization. If at any
time the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange or
quoted in the NASDAQ system or the over-the-counter market, the fair market
value of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Option on the date the ISO is
granted shall be the fair market value thereof determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors.

          (b) ISOs, by their terms, shall not be transferable otherwise than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during an Optionee's
lifetime, an ISO shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

          (c) The Committee shall fix the term of all ISOs granted pursuant to
the Plan including the date on which such ISO shall expire and terminate,
                                                                         
provided, however, that such term shall in no event exceed ten years from the
- --------  -------                                                            
date on which such ISO is granted (or, in the case of an ISO granted to an
Employee referred to in Section 4.3(b) hereof, such term shall in no event
exceed five years from the date on which such ISO is granted). Each ISO shall be
exercisable in such amount or amounts, under such conditions and at such times
or intervals or in such installments as shall be determined by the Committee in
its sole discretion.

          (d) In the event that the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
Company is required to withhold any Federal, state or local taxes in respect of
any compensation income realized by the Participant as a result of any
"disqualifying disposition" of any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise
of an ISO granted hereunder, the Company shall deduct from any payments of any
kind otherwise due to such Participant the aggregate amount of such Federal,
state or local taxes required to be so withheld or, if such payment are
insufficient to satisfy such federal, state or local taxes, such Participant
will be required to pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the
Company regarding payment to the Company of, the aggregate amount of any such
taxes.  A Participant may use issued and outstanding Common Stock for the
payment of taxes.  All matters 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
with respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld in respect of any such
compensation income shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

          (e) In the sole discretion of the Committee the terms and conditions
of any ISO may (but need not) include any of the following provisions:

          (i) In the event a Participant shall cease to be employed by the
   Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for any reason other than
   as a result of his death or "disability" (within the meaning of Section
   22(e)(3) of the Code), the unexercised portion of any ISO held by such
   Participant at that time may only be exercised within one month after the
   date on which the Participant ceased to be so employed, and only to the
   extent that the Participant could have otherwise exercised such ISO as of the
   date on which he ceased to be so employed.

          (ii) In the event a Participant shall cease to be employed by the
   Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company by reason of his
   "disability" (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the
   unexercised portion of any ISO held by such Participant at that time may only
   be exercised within one year after the date on which the Participant ceased
   to be so employed, and only to the extent that the Participant could have
   otherwise exercised such ISO as of the date on which he ceased to be so
   employed.

          (iii) In the event a Participant shall die while in the employ of the
   Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (or within a period of one
   month after ceasing to be an Employee for any reason other than such
   "disability" or within a period of one year after ceasing to be an Employee
   by reason of such "disability"), the unexercised portion of any ISO held by
   such Participant at the time of his death may only be exercised within one
   year after the date of such Participant's death, and only to the extent that
   the Participant could have otherwise exercised such ISO at the time of his
   death. In such event, such ISO may be exercised by the executor or
   administrator of the Participant's estate or by any persons who shall have
   acquired the ISO directly from the Participant by bequest or inheritance.

          6.2.  Non-Qualified Options.  The terms and conditions of each Non-
                ---------------------                                       
Qualified Option granted under the Plan, other than grants to Non-Employee
Directors pursuant to Section 6.3, shall be specified by the Committee, in its
sole discretion, and shall be set forth in a written option agreement between
the Company and the Participant in such form as the Committee shall approve. The
terms and conditions of each Option will be such that each Option issued
hereunder shall not constitute nor be treated as an 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
"incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the Code and will be a
"non-qualified stock option" for federal income tax purposes. The terms and
conditions of any Option granted hereunder need not be identical to those of any
other Option granted hereunder.

          The terms and conditions of each Non-Qualified Option Agreement shall
include the following:

          (a) The option (exercise) price shall be fixed by the Committee and
may be equal to, more than or less than 100% of the fair market value of the
shares of Common Stock subject to the Non-Qualified Option on the date such Non-
Qualified Option is granted.

          (b) The Committee shall fix the term of all Non-Qualified Options
granted pursuant to this Section (including the date on which such Non-Qualified
Option shall expire and terminate).  Such term may be more than ten years from
the date on which such Non-Qualified Option is granted.  Each Non-Qualified
Option shall be exercisable in such amount or amounts, under such conditions,
and at such times or intervals or in such installments as shall be determined by
the Committee in its sole discretion.

          (c) Non-Qualified Options shall not be transferable otherwise than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant's
lifetime a Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

          (d) In the event that the Company is required to withhold any Federal,
state or local taxes in respect of any compensation income realized by the
Participant in respect of a Non-Qualified Option granted hereunder or in respect
of any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Option,
the Company shall deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such
Participant the aggregate amount of such Federal, state or local taxes required
to be so withheld or, if such payments are insufficient to satisfy such federal,
state or local taxes, or if no such payments are due to become due to such
Participant, then, such Participant will be required to pay to the Company, or
make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment to the
Company of, the aggregate amount of any such taxes.  All matters with respect to
the total amount of taxes to be withheld in respect of any such compensation
income shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

          6.3       Option Grants to Non-Employee Directors.  A Non-Employee
                    ---------------------------------------                 
Director shall be entitled to receive Non-Qualified Options only in accordance
with this Section 6.3.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
(a)  Initial Grant.  Each Non-Employee Director who is a member of the Board of
     -------------                                                             
Directors on May 2, 1996 and each Non-Employee Director who first becomes a
member of the Board of Directors thereafter will receive a grant of a Non-
Qualified Option to purchase 4,000 shares of Common Stock.

(b) Additional Grant.  Each Non-Employee Director who first becomes a member of
    ----------------                                                 
the Board of Directors on or after May 2, 1996 will receive a grant of a Non-
Qualified Option to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock immediately upon his
or her becoming a member of the Board of Directors.

(c)  Option Exercise Price.  Options granted under this Section 6.3 shall have a
     ---------------------                                                      
per share exercise price equal to the fair market value (as defined in Section
6.1(a) of the Plan) of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

(d)  Option Term and Exercisability.  The term of each Option granted pursuant
    -------------------------------                                           
to this Section 6.3 shall be ten years.  Options granted under Section 6.3(a)
shall be exercisable as follows: 25% on the first anniversary of the date of
grant and an additional 25% on each of the following three anniversaries
thereof.  Options granted under Section 6.3(b) shall be fully exercisable as of
the date of grant.

(e)  Administration.  The provisions of this Section 6.3 are intended to operate
     --------------                                                             
automatically and not require administration. However, to the extent that
administrative determinations are required, the provisions of this Section 6.3
shall be made by the members of the Board of Directors who are not eligible to
receive grants under this Section 6.3, but in no event shall such determinations
affect the eligibility of optionees, the determination of the exercise price,
the timing of the grants or the number of shares subject to Options granted
hereunder or otherwise cause the Plan, insofar as it relates to Non-Employee
Directors, to fail to satisfy the conditions of Rule 16b-3(c)(ii) under the
Exchange Act.

(f)  Applicability of Plan Provisions.  All Options granted pursuant to this
     --------------------------------                                       
Section 6.3 shall be subject to the terms of Section 6.1(e) provided, however,
that the Committee shall not have the discretion to modify such terms.
Furthermore, except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including this Section
6.3), the Non-Qualified Options granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be
subject to the provisions of this Plan applicable to Non-Qualified Options
granted to other persons provided however that (i) with respect to the
provisions of Section 6.2, the Committee shall not have the discretion to modify
the terms of such provisions in the Option agreement and (ii) if an event

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
described in Section 8(a) occurs, adjustments, as described in that Section,
shall be made automatically.

(g)  Amendment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Section
     ---------                                                                
     6.3 may not be amended more than once every six months, other than to
     comply with changes in the law including the Code or the regulations
     thereunder.

          7. Terms and Conditions of Awards.
             ------------------------------ 

          The terms and conditions of each Award granted under the Plan shall be
specified by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and shall be set forth in a
written agreement between the Participant and the Company, in such form as the
Committee shall approve.  The terms and provisions of any Award granted
hereunder need not be identical to those of any other Award granted hereunder.

          The terms and conditions of each Award shall include the following:

          (a) The amount to be paid by a Participant to acquire the shares of
Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be fixed by the Committee and may be
equal to, more than or less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of
Common Stock subject to the Award on the date the Award is granted.

          (b) Each Award shall contain such vesting provisions, such transfer
restrictions and such other restrictions and conditions as the Committee, in its
sole discretion, may determine, including, without limitation, the circumstances
under which the Company shall have the right and option to repurchase shares of
Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award.

          (c) Stock certificates representing Common Stock acquired pursuant to
an Award shall bear a legend referring to the restriction imposed on such Stock
and such other matters as the Board of Directors may determine.

     (d) In the event that the Company is required to withhold any Federal,
state or local taxes in respect of any compensation income realized by the
Participant in respect of an Award granted hereunder, or in respect of any
shares acquired pursuant to an Award, or in respect of the vesting of any such
shares of Common Stock, then the Company shall deduct from any payments of any
kind otherwise due to such Participant the aggregate amount of such Federal,
state of local taxes required to be so withheld or, if such payments are
insufficient to satisfy such Federal, state or local taxes, or if no such
payments are due or to become due to such Participant, then, such Participant
will be required to pay to the Company, or make other arrangements satisfactory
to the Company regarding payment to the Company of, the aggregate 

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
amount of any such taxes. All matters with respect to the total amount of taxes
to be withheld in respect of any such compensation income shall be determined by
the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

          Section 8.     Adjustments.  (a)  Subject to the provisions of
                         -----------                                    
paragraph (b) below, in the event that after the adoption of the Plan by the
Board of Directors, the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock shall
be increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or
kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another
corporation through reorganization, merger or consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, split-up, combination or exchange of shares or
declaration or any dividends payable in Common Stock, the Board of Directors
shall appropriately adjust:  (i) the number of shares of Common Stock (and the
option price per share) subject to the unexercised portion of any outstanding
Option (to the nearest possible full share), provided, however, that the
                                             --------  -------          
limitations of Section 424 of the Code shall apply with respect to adjustments
made to ISOs; (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant
to an Award which have not become vested, and (iii) the number of shares of
Common Stock for which Options and/or Awards may be granted under this Plan, as
set forth in Section 4.1 hereof, and such adjustments shall be effective and
binding for all purposes of this Plan.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of (i) an offer to
holders of Common Stock generally relating to the acquisition of their shares
including, without limitation, through purchase, merger or otherwise, or 
(ii) any transaction generally relating to the acquisition of substantially all
of the assets or business of the Company, the Board of Directors may, in its
sole discretion, make such adjustments as it deems equitable in respect of
outstanding Options and/or Awards including, without limitation, the revision or
cancellation of any outstanding Options and/or Awards. Any such determination by
the Board of Directors shall be effective and binding for all purposes of this
Plan.

          Section 9.     Effect of the Plan on Employment
                         --------------------------------
                         Relationship.
                         ------------ 

          Neither this Plan nor any Option and/or Award granted hereunder to a
Participant shall be construed as conferring upon such Participant any right to
continue in the employ of the Company or the service of the Company or any
Subsidiary as the case may be, or limit in any respect the right of the Company
or any Subsidiary to terminate such Participant's employment or other
relationship with the Company of any Subsidiary, as the case may be, at any
time.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
          Section 10.    Amendment of the Plan.  The Board of Directors may
                         ---------------------                             
amend the Plan from time to time as it deems desirable; provided, however, that,
                                                        --------  -------       
without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of
the Company entitled to vote thereon at a meeting, the Board of Directors may
not amend the Plan to (i) increase (except for increases due to the adjustments
in accordance with Section 8 hereof) the aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock for which Options and/or Awards may be granted hereunder, (ii) decrease
the minimum exercise price specified by the Plan in respect of ISOs, (iii)
change the class of Employees eligible to receive ISOs under the Plan, (iv)
increase the individual limit of shares of Common Stock for which Options and/or
Awards may be granted to any single individual under the Plan, or (v) make any
amendment that requires shareholder approval pursuant to Rule 16b-3 of the
Exchange Act or 162(m) of the Code.

          Section 11.    Termination of the Plan.  The Board of Directors may
                         -----------------------                             
terminate the Plan at any time. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been
terminated by the Board of Directors, the Plan shall terminate ten years after
the date of its initial adoption by the Board of Directors. No Option and/or
Award may be granted hereunder after termination of the Plan. The termination or
amendment of the Plan shall not alter or impair any rights or obligations under
any Option and/or Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

          Section 12.    Effective Date
                         --------------

          (a) Effective Date of the Plan.  Subject to the approval of the
              --------------------------                                 
Company's shareholders, this Plan shall be effective as of September 15, 1988,
as amended and restated effective May 2, 1996.

          (b) Effectiveness of Section 16 and Section 162(m) Provisions.  The
              ---------------------------------------------------------      
provisions of the Plan that refer to, or are applicable to persons subject to,
Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3 thereunder or Section 162(m) of the
Code shall not be effective, prior to the effective date of the Exchange Act
Registration Statement, and shall remain effective thereafter for so long as the
Common Stock remains registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
                               DecisionOne Corp.
                Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
                -----------------------------------------------

                              OPTION EXERCISE FORM


          I,      of Onset Corporation or a Subsidiary thereof (as defined in
the Onset Corporation Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Plan")), do hereby exercise the right to purchase ___________________ shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value, of Onset Corporation pursuant to the Option
granted to me on __________________ under the Plan.


Date:
     -------------------------           ------------------------
                                                 Signature


          Send a completed copy of this Option Exercise Form to:

                         Vincent M. Dadamo,
                         Corporate Secretary
                         Decision Data, Inc.
                         400 Horsham Road
                         Horsham, PA  19044

                                      -14-

<PAGE>
 
July 12, 1996



Mr. Thomas J. Fitzpatrick
12032 Creek Bend Drive
Reston, VA  22070

Dear Tom:


          I am pleased to extend to you an offer of employment with DecisionOne
Corporation in the position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
reporting to me.  Your base compensation will be an annual salary of $190,000,
paid biweekly.  A bonus of $30,000, less applicable taxes, will be paid to you
within two weeks following your employment date with DecisionOne.  You will be
eligible for an annual bonus, targeted at $90,000 with potential up to $180,000.
The actual bonus amount depends on our financial performance and your
performance against personal performance objectives. Subject to approval of the
Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors, you will be granted options to
purchase 100,000 shares of DecisionOne stock, vesting 25% per year over the next
four years, with the exercise price set at the fair market value on the day of
the Committee's approval.  I recognize that your acceptance of this offer
depends on the actual grant and I will make every effort to have the Committee
meet within two weeks following your employment date.

          You will be eligible for relocation assistance as you move your home
to the Frazer area.  Attached you will find the standard Relocation
Reimbursement Plan.   Your relocation assistance plan will have the following
additions to the Standard Plan:

1.        You will be reimbursed up to a total of $60,000 for the sum of:

          .  The loss, if any, on your Reston home between your purchase
             price and selling price.  This reimbursement will be treated
             as subject to taxation.

          .  Interim living expenses in excess of the Standard Plan.

          .  A gross-up to cover the impact of federal, state, and Medicare
             income taxes on the above reimbursements.

                                  Page 1 of 4
<PAGE>
 
2.        In addition, the Company will gross-up for the tax impact of
          reimbursements associated with the Standard Plan. The tax gross-ups
          will be calculated at 54.44% of the reimbursements which are subject
          to federal taxation. That gross-up percentage will neutralize the tax
          impact on you assuming the maximum federal tax rate remains at 31%,
          the Pennsylvania income tax rate remains at 2.8%, and the Medicare tax
          remains at 1.45% of income.

          Administratively, your relocation plan will advance funds to you on an
as needed basis according to the terms of the Plan and according to your cash
flow requirements due to the timing of relocation events. The open advance shall
not at any time exceed $100,000. You will be expected to submit contemporaneous
expense reports to reduce the advance. Your final expenses should be submitted
within 30 days of your move to your new home. You and DecisionOne will true-up
any open advance within two weeks of your final submission, and the net amounts
due, including payment of the gross-up, will be paid by the owing party to the
other party.

          Assuming you accept this offer of employment, you will be an "at-will"
employee of DecisionOne and no statements contained in this letter or otherwise
made to you by any officer or employee of the company can change that status. In
addition, you will be an "executive officer" of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and
therefore subject to certain disclosure requirements, stock trading restrictions
and other requirements of the federal securities laws.

          If your employment by the Company is involuntarily terminated without
cause, other than by reason of death or disability, and you are not offered
employment in an executive capacity by another DecisionOne Holding Corp.
company, the Company will pay to you, during the twelve (12) month period
commencing with the effective date on which your employment is so terminated
(the "Severance Period",) in lieu of all other severance payments from the
Company, an aggregate amount equal to your then current annual base salary,
payable in equal biweekly installments in accordance with the Company's normal
payroll practices, provided, however, that if you shall become employed by
another organization at any time during the Severance Period, then during the
remainder of the Severance Period, each such installment payment shall be
reduced to one-half the amount otherwise so payable, and the total shall be
reduced accordingly. In addition, during the Severance Period, you will be
entitled to continue to receive the standard medical, dental, and life insurance
coverage paid by the Company as in effect on the date of termination, provided,
however, that if you shall become employed by another organization during the
Severance Period as aforesaid, such benefits shall forthwith cease and terminate
at the time you become eligible for coverage under the medical insurance plan of
such organization, but in no case shall the Company's obligation to provide
standard medical, dental and life insurance coverage go beyond the Severance
Period.

                                  Page 2 of 4
<PAGE>
 
          For the purposes of this letter, "cause" shall mean a determination by
the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of DecisionOne that you
(i) failed to obey the reasonable and lawful orders of the Board of Directors,
(ii) acted with gross negligence in the performance of your duties, (iii)
willfully breached or habitually neglected your duties, or (iv) committed a
felony or any act involving dishonesty, fraud, or moral turpitude.

          DecisionOne will recognize your service at Bell Atlantic through
October 20, 1995 because of your prior employment at BABSS. Therefore, upon your
hire date with DecisionOne, your service credit will be recognized for the
purposes of vacation entitlement and medical plan participation. Specifically,
you will accrue vacation entitlement at the rate of four weeks per year and you
will be exempted from the pre-existing conditions clause of the medical plan. In
addition, your prior service credit will be recognized upon one year of service
with DecisionOne for the purpose of vesting in the Employee Stock Ownership
Plan, also known as the 401(k) match.

          You and your eligible dependents will be covered by default medical
and dental coverage from your first day of employment. However, the medical
policy does have a pre-existing illness clause. Should you or one of your
dependents wish to discuss this clause please call our benefits hotline at (800)
860-1647. Approximately 2-3 weeks after your employment you will receive a
customized benefits enrollment form from Corporate Health Administrators. More
detail can be found in the Benefits Summary enclosed.

          This offer of employment is contingent on your ability to provide
information required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. This
federal law requires employers to verify and document both the identity and
employment eligibility of all persons hired. DecisionOne employees must complete
Section 1 of Form I-9 "Employee Information and Verification" and present to
DecisionOne documents establishing identity and employment eligibility.

          Tom, please sign in the space provided on the final page of this
letter to accept this offer of employment and call me to schedule your first day
of employment. Return the signed letter to me or bring it with you on your first
day of employment. This offer of employment is contingent upon your signature of
the enclosed Employee Business Conduct Agreement and satisfaction of the I-9
Requirement. You will be given a set of forms for completion on your first day
of employment. This set of forms must be completed on your first day of
employment and returned to the Human Resources Department.

                                  Page 3 of 4
<PAGE>
 
          I look forward to hearing from you today. Please contact me at 
610-725-2500 if you should have any questions.

Sincerely,



Ken Draeger


Attachments:  Benefits  Summary
              Business Conduct Agreement
              Relocation Reimbursement Plan

I accept the offer of employment as outlined above.



- -------------------------------          ----------------
     Thomas J. Fitzpatrick                    Date

                                  Page 4 of 4

<PAGE>
 
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of April 26, 1996


                                     among


                          DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP.,
                            DECISIONONE CORPORATION
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                           BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,
                           NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
         and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule I hereto
                                                      -------- -


                                      and


                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
                as Syndication Agent and Letter of Credit Agent,
             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
                            as Documentation Agent,
                           NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
                                    as Agent
                                      and
           MELLON BANK, N.A. and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as Co-Agents


                                      with


                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                               BA SECURITIES INC.
                                      and
                       NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
                              all having acted as
                         arrangers for this transaction
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               ----- -- --------
<TABLE>
  <S>                                                          <C>
  1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.................. 1
       1.1. Definitions....................................... 1
       1.2. Rules of Interpretation........................... 14
  2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY............................ 15
       2.1. Commitment to Lend................................ 15
       2.2. Commitment Fee.................................... 15
       2.3. Reduction of Total Commitment..................... 16
       2.4. The Revolving Credit Notes........................ 16
       2.5. Interest on Revolving Credit Loans................ 16
       2.6. Requests for Revolving Credit Loans............... 17
       2.7. Conversion Options................................ 17
              2.7.1. Conversion to Different Type of           
              Revolving Credit Loan........................... 17
              2.7.2. Continuation of Type of Revolving
              Credit Loan..................................... 18
              2.7.3. Eurodollar Rate Loans.................... 18
       2.8. Funds for Revolving Credit Loan................... 18
              2.8.1. Funding Procedures....................... 18
              2.8.2. Advances by Agent........................ 19
   3. REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS................. 19
       3.1. Maturity.......................................... 19
       3.2. Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans.... 19
       3.3. Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans..... 19
   4. LETTERS OF CREDIT....................................... 20
       4.1. Letter of Credit Commitments...................... 20
              4.1.1. Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit.... 20
              4.1.2. Letter of Credit Applications............ 20
              4.1.3. Terms of Letters of Credit............... 21
              4.1.4. Reimbursement Obligations of Banks....... 21
              4.1.5. Participations of Banks.................. 21
       4.2. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower.......... 21
       4.3. Letter of Credit Payments......................... 22
       4.4. Obligations Absolute.............................. 22
       4.5. Reliance by Issuer................................ 23
       4.6. Letter of Credit Fee.............................. 23
   5. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.............................. 24
       5.1. Closing Fee....................................... 24
       5.2. Funds for Payments................................ 24
              5.2.1. Payments to Agent........................ 24
              5.2.2. Net Payments............................. 24
       5.3. Computations...................................... 25
       5.4. Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate............ 26
       5.5. Illegality........................................ 26
       5.6. Additional Costs, etc............................. 26
       5.7. Capital Adequacy.................................. 27
       5.8. Certificate....................................... 28
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -ii-
<TABLE> 
   <S>                                                         <C>
       5.9.  Indemnity........................................ 28
       5.10. Interest After Default........................... 28
               5.10.1.  Overdue Amounts....................... 28
               5.10.2.  Amounts Not Overdue................... 29
       5.11. Replacement Banks................................ 29
  6. GUARANTY................................................. 29
       6.1.  Guaranties of Holdings Companies................. 29
       6.2.  New Subsidiaries................................. 30
  7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................... 30
       7.1.  Corporate Authority.............................. 30
               7.1.1.  Incorporation; Good Standing........... 30
               7.1.2.  Authorization.......................... 30
               7.1.3.  Enforceability......................... 30
       7.2.  Governmental Approvals........................... 31
       7.3.  Title to Properties; Leases...................... 31
       7.4.  Financial Statements and Projections............. 31
               7.4.1.  Financial Statements................... 31
               7.4.2.  Projections............................ 31
       7.5.  No Material Changes, etc......................... 31
       7.6.  Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc............. 32
       7.7.  Litigation....................................... 32
       7.8.  No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc............. 32
       7.9.  Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc..... 32
       7.10. Tax Status....................................... 32
       7.11. No Event of Default.............................. 33
       7.12. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts...... 33
       7.13. Liens............................................ 33
               7.13.1. Absence of Financing Statements........ 33
               7.13.2. No Mortgages; Etc...................... 33
       7.14. Other Representations............................ 33
       7.15. Certain Transactions............................. 33
       7.16. Employee Benefit Plans........................... 34
               7.16.1. In General............................. 34
               7.16.2. Terminability of Welfare Plans......... 34
               7.16.3. Guaranteed Pension Plans............... 34
               7.16.4. Multiemployer Plans.................... 34
       7.17. Regulations U and X.............................. 34
       7.18. Environmental Compliance......................... 35
       7.19. Subsidiaries, etc................................ 36
       7.20. Chief Executive Offices.......................... 36
       7.21. Fiscal Year...................................... 36
       7.22. Disclosure....................................... 37
       7.23. Insurance........................................ 37
       7.24. Repayment of Subordinated Debt................... 37
       7.25. Consummation of IPO.............................. 37
  8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND Holdings....... 37
       8.1.  Punctual Payment................................. 37
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -iii-
<TABLE> 
       <S>                                                     <C> 
       8.2.  Maintenance of Office............................ 37
       8.3.  Records and Accounts............................. 37
       8.4.  Financial Statements, Certificates and
             Information...................................... 37
       8.5.  Notices.......................................... 39
               8.5.1.  Defaults............................... 39
               8.5.2.  Environmental Events................... 40
               8.5.3.  Notice of Litigation and Judgments..... 40
       8.6.  Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties... 40
       8.7.  Insurance........................................ 40
       8.8.  Taxes............................................ 41
       8.9.  Inspection of Properties and Books, etc.......... 41
               8.9.1.  General................................ 41
               8.9.2.  Communications with Accountants........ 41
       8.10. Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses
             and Permits...................................... 42
       8.11. Employee Benefit Plans........................... 42
       8.12. Use of Proceeds.................................. 42
       8.13. Fair Labor Standards Act......................... 42
       8.14. Further Assurances............................... 43
  9. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND Holdings.. 43
       9.1.  Restrictions on Indebtedness..................... 43
       9.2.  Restrictions on Liens............................ 45
       9.3.  Restrictions on Investments...................... 47
       9.4.  Distributions.................................... 48
       9.5.  Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets.. 48
               9.5.1.  Mergers and Acquisitions............... 48
               9.5.2.  Disposition of Assets.................. 48
       9.6.  Sale and Leaseback............................... 49
       9.7.  Compliance with Environmental Laws............... 49
       9.8.  Capitalization................................... 50
       9.9.  Employee Benefit Plans........................... 50
       9.10. Fiscal Year...................................... 50
       9.11. Negative Pledges................................. 50
       9.12. Transactions with Affiliates..................... 51
       9.13. Upstream Limitations............................. 51
       9.14. Inconsistent Agreements.......................... 51
       9.15. Additional Shares................................ 51
       9.16. Decision Switzerland............................. 51
  10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER..................... 51
       10.1. Interest Coverage Test........................... 51
       10.2. Consolidated Net Worth........................... 52
       10.3. Debt Ratio....................................... 52
  11. CLOSING CONDITIONS...................................... 52
       11.1. Loan Documents................................... 52
       11.2. Certified Copies of Charter Documents............ 52
       11.3. Corporate Action................................. 52
       11.4. Incumbency Certificate........................... 52
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                  -iv-       
<TABLE> 
       <S>                                                      <C> 
       11.5.  UCC Search Results............................... 52
       11.6.  Certificates of Insurance........................ 52
       11.7.  Solvency Certificate............................. 53
       11.8.  Opinion of Counsel............................... 53
       11.9.  Payment of Fees.................................. 53
       11.10. Disbursement Instructions........................ 53
       11.11. Termination of Commitments under Prior Credit
       Agreement............................................... 53
  12. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS............................. 53
       12.1.  Representations True; No Event of Default........ 53
       12.2.  No Legal Impediment.............................. 53
       12.3.  Governmental Regulation.......................... 54
       12.4.  Proceedings and Documents........................ 54
  13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC..................... 54
       13.1.  Events of Default and Acceleration............... 54
       13.2.  Termination of Commitments....................... 57
       13.3.  Remedies......................................... 57
       13.4.  Distribution of Proceeds......................... 58
  14. SETOFF................................................... 58
  15. THE AGENT................................................ 59
       15.1.  Authorization.................................... 59
       15.2.  Employees and Agents............................. 60
       15.3.  No Liability..................................... 60
       15.4.  No Representations............................... 60
       15.5.  Payments......................................... 60
                15.5.1.  Payments to Agent..................... 60
                15.5.2.  Distribution by Agent................. 60
                15.5.3.  Delinquent Banks...................... 61
       15.6.  Holders of Revolving Credit Notes................ 61
       15.7.  Indemnity........................................ 61
       15.8.  Agent as Bank.................................... 62
       15.9.  Resignation...................................... 62
       15.10. Notification of Defaults and Events of Default... 62
       15.11. Duties in the Case of Enforcement................ 62
       15.12. Duties of Documentation Agent.................... 62
  16. EXPENSES................................................. 63
  17. INDEMNIFICATION.......................................... 63
  18. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC............................... 64
  19. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION............................. 64
       19.1.  Conditions to Assignment by Banks................ 64
       19.2.  Certain Representations and Warranties;
       Limitations; Covenants.................................. 65
       19.3.  Register......................................... 66
       19.4.  New Revolving Credit Notes....................... 66
       19.5.  Participations................................... 66
       19.6.  Disclosure....................................... 67
       19.7.  Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the
       Borrower................................................ 67
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -v-
<TABLE>
  <S>                                                             <C> 
         19.8.  Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions.............  67
         19.9.  Assignment by Borrower..........................  68
  20.  NOTICES, ETC.............................................  68
  21.  GOVERNING LAW............................................  68
  22.  HEADINGS.................................................  69
  23.  COUNTERPARTS.............................................  69
  24.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC....................................  69
  25.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.....................................  69
  26.  CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.......................  70
  27.  SEVERABILITY.............................................  70
(S)28. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS................................  70
         28.1.  Prior Credit Agreement Superseded...............  70
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibits

     Exhibit A             Form of Revolving Credit Note    
     Exhibit B             Form of Loan Request             
     Exhibit C             Form of Compliance Certificate   
     Exhibit D             Form of Assignment and Acceptance 


                                   Schedules


     Schedule I            Banks; Commitments      
     Schedule 7.3*          
     Schedule 7.6*          
     Schedule 7.7*          
     Schedule 7.10*         
     Schedule 7.18*         
     Schedule 7.19*         
     Schedule 7.23*         
     Schedule 9.1*          
     Schedule 9.2*          
     Schedule 9.3*

     ---------------------------------------------
     * Schedules have been omitted and will be provided to the Commission upon
       request




         
<PAGE>
 
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



     This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of April 26, 1996, by and among
(a) DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), (b)
DECISIONONE CORPORATION, (the "Borrower") a Delaware corporation having its
principal place of business at 50 East Swedesford Road, Frazer, Pennsylvania
19355, (c) THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A. and the other lending institutions listed on 
Schedule 1 hereto (collectively and with any other Person who becomes an
- -------- -
assignee of any rights and obligations of any such lending institution pursuant
to (S)19 hereof, the "Banks"), (d) BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
ASSOCIATION, as documentation agent for the Banks (the "Documentation Agent"),
(e) NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., as administrative agent for the Banks (the
"Agent"), (f) THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, as syndication agent for the
Banks (the "Syndication Agent"), (g) THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, as
letter of credit agent for the Banks (the "LC Agent") and (h) MELLON BANK, N.A.,
and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as co-agents for the Banks (the "Co-Agents", and,
collectively with the Documentation Agent, the Agent, the Syndication Agent and
the LC Agent, the "Bank Agents").

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and
Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 20, 1995 (as amended and in effect from
time to time, the "Prior Credit Agreement"), by and among Holdings, the
Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the "Prior Lenders") and certain of the
Bank Agents as agents for the Prior Lenders the Prior Lenders made loans to the
Borrower for the purpose of financing, among other things an acquisition, and
made available revolving credit loans for general corporate and working capital
purposes; and

     WHEREAS, Holdings and the Borrower have requested that the Banks replace
the financing provided under the Prior Credit Agreement and the Banks are
willing to provide such financing on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, Holdings, the Borrower, the Banks and the Bank Agents agree
as follows:

                  1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.
                     ----------- --- ----- -- -------------- 

     1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in
          -----------                                                          
this (S)1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred to
below:

     Acquisition. Any acquisition by any of the Holdings Companies which is
     -----------                                                           
permitted by (S)9.5 hereof.

     Additional Guaranties. See (S)6.2 hereof.
     ---------- ----------                    

     Adjustment Date. The date which is one (1) Business Day following the date
     ---------- ----                                                           
in which a Compliance Certificate is delivered by the Borrower pursuant to
(S)8.4(d).
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-

     Administrative Agent. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     -------------- -----                                    

     Affected Bank. See (S)5.11 hereof.
     -------- ----                     

     Affiliate. Any Person that would be considered to be an affiliate of the
     ---------                                                               
Borrower under Rule 144(a) of the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, as in effect on the date hereof, if the Borrower was
issuing securities.

     Agent. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     -----                                    

     Applicable Margin. For each period commencing on an Adjustment Date through
     ---------- ------                                                          
the date immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date (each a "Rate Adjustment
Period"), the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable margin set forth below
with respect to the Borrower's Debt Ratio, as determined for the fiscal quarter
of the Borrower ending immediately prior to the applicable Rate Adjustment
Period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Performance
                             Base Rate   Eurodollar    Letter of        Financial
                               Loans     Rate Loans   Credit Fees   Letter of Credit
                            Applicable   Applicable    Applicable    Fees Applicable   Commitment
Debt Ratio                    Margin       Margin        Margin          Margin         Fee Rate
- ----------                    ------       ------        ------          ------         --------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>                <C>
Greater than or equal to             0%        1.00%        0.500%              1.00%       0.250%
0.55:1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.55:1.00 but              0%       0.750%        0.375%              0.75%       0.225%
greater than or equal to
0.50:1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.50:1.00 but              0%       0.625%       0.3125%             0.625%       0.200%
greater than or equal to
0.45:1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.45:1.00 but              0%       0.500%        0.250%             0.500%       0.175%
greater than or equal to
0.35:1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.35:1.00 but              0%       0.375%       0.1875%             0.375%       0.125%
greater than or equal to
0.25:1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 0.25:1.00                  0%       0.250%        0.125%             0.250%       0.100%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
</TABLE>

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Borrower obtains a Senior
Debt Rating from either Standard & Poor's or Moody's, the Applicable Margin for
each Rate Adjustment Period occurring after the Borrower obtains such Senior
Debt Rating and maintains a Senior Debt Rating shall be the applicable margin
set forth below with respect to the Borrower's Senior Debt Rating, as determined
for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending immediately prior to the
applicable Rate Adjustment Period, and, in the event the Borrower obtains a
Senior Debt Rating from both Standard & Poor's and Moody's, the higher
Applicable Margin applicable for either Standard & Poor's or Moody's Senior Debt
Rating shall be the Applicable Margin for such Rate Adjustment Period:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Base Rate    Eurodollar    Performance    Financial Letter
Senior Debt Rating           Loans      Rate Loans     Letter of      of Credit Fees
(Standard & Poor's        Applicable    Applicable    Credit Fees       Applicable      Commitment
  and/or Moody's            Margin        Margin       Applicable         Margin         Fee Rate
                                                        Margin
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>                <C>
BB- and/or Ba3 or less             0%       0.875%       0.4375%             0.875%       0.225%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BB/BB+ and/or Ba2/Ba1              0%       0.700%       0.350%              0.700%       0.225%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BBB- and/or Baa3                   0%       0.500%       0.2500%             0.500%       0.175%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BBB/BBB+ and/or                    0%       0.375%       0.1875%             0.375%       0.125%
Baa2/Baa1    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A- and/or A3 or better             0%       0.250%       0.1250%             0.250%       0.100%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) for interest on Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding, Standby Letter of Credit Fees, Documentary Letter of Credit Fees
and the Commitment Fee Rate with respect to the period commencing on the Closing
Date through the date immediately preceding the first Adjustment Date to occur
after the Holdings IPO, the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin
with respect to the Borrower's Debt Ratio, as determined on the Closing Date on
a pro forma basis from the Borrower's March 31, 1996 financial statements and
(b) if the Borrower fails to deliver any Compliance Certificate when required by
(S)8.4(d) hereof, then, for the period commencing on the date when such
Compliance Certificate should have been delivered pursuant to (S)8.4(d) through
the date immediately following the date on which such Compliance Certificate is
delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin set
forth above.

     Assignment and Acceptance. See (S)19.1.
     ----------     ----------              

     Balance Sheet Date. June 30, 1995.
     ------- ----- ----                

     Bank Agents. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     ---- ------                                    

     Bank Agent's Head Office. With respect to each of the Bank Agents, its head
     ---- ------- ---- ------                                                   
office located at the address set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, or at
                                           -------- -                       
such other location as such Bank Agent may designate from time to time.

     Bank Agents' Special Counsel. Bingham, Dana & Gould LLP or such other
     ---- ------- ------- -------                                         
counsel as may be approved by the Bank Agents.

     Banks. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     -----                                    

     Base Rate. The higher of (a) the annual rate of interest announced from
     ---- ----                                                              
time to time by the Agent at its head office in Dallas, Texas, as its "base
rate" and (b) one-half of one percent (1/2%) above the Federal Funds Effective
Rate. For the purposes of this definition, "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall
mean for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-

Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that
is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
transactions received by the Agent from three funds brokers of recognized
standing selected by the Agent.

     Base Rate Loans. Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest calculated by
     ---- ---- -----                                                       
reference to the Base Rate.

     BofA. Bank of America Illinois, in its individual capacity.
     ----                                                       

     Borrower. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     --------                                    

     Business Day.  Any day on which banking institutions in Boston,
     -------- ---                                                   
Massachusetts, Chicago, Illinois, San Francisco, California, Dallas, Texas and
New York, New York are open for the transaction of banking business and, in the
case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, also a day which is a Eurodollar Business Day.

     Capital Assets.  Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land, buildings,
     ------- ------                                                        
fixtures, machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as patents, copyrights,
trademarks, franchises and goodwill); provided that Capital Assets shall not
                                      --------                              
include any item customarily charged directly to expense or depreciated over a
useful life of twelve (12) months or less in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

     Capital Expenditures.  Amounts paid or indebtedness incurred by any of the
     ------- ------------                                                      
Holdings Companies in connection with the purchase or lease by any of the
Holdings Companies of Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized
and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; provided, however, for purposes of (S) 10.1
hereof, Capital Expenditures shall not include amounts paid or indebtedness
incurred in connection with the purchase of spare parts inventory in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

     Capitalization Documents.  The certificates of incorporation and by-laws of
     -------------- ---------                                                   
the Holdings Companies.

     Capitalized Leases.  Leases under which any of the Holdings Companies is
     ----------- ------                                                      
the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations of the
Holdings Companies which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
the lessee or obligor in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

     CERCLA. See (S)7.18 hereof.
     ------                     

     Closing Date. The first date on which the conditions set forth in (S)11
     ------- ----                                                           
have been satisfied and any Revolving Credit Loans are to be made or any Letter
of Credit is to be issued hereunder.

     Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations
     ----                                                                    
which are promulgated thereunder.

     Commitment. With respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on Schedule I
     ----------                                                     -------- -
hereto as the amount of such Bank's commitment to make Revolving Credit Loans
to, and to
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-
participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of Credit for the
account of, the Borrower, as the same may be reduced from time to time; or if
such commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.

     Commitment Fee. See (S)2.2 hereof.
     ---------- ---                    

     Commitment Fee Rate. See the definition of Applicable Margin.
     ---------- --- ----                                          

     Commitment Percentage. With respect to each Bank, the percentage set forth
     ---------- ----------                                                     
on Schedule 1 hereto as such Bank's percentage of the aggregate Commitments of
   -------- -                                                                 
all of the Banks.

     Compliance Certificate. See (S)8.4(d) hereof.
     ---------- -----------                       

     Computing Direct Inc. Computing Direct, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     --------- ------ ---

     Consolidated or consolidated.  With reference to any term defined herein,
     ------------ -- ------------                                             
shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

     Consolidated Net Income (or Loss). The consolidated net income (or loss) of
     ------------ --- ------  -- -----                                          
the Holdings Companies, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper
charges, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
but excluding any non-cash expenses recognized by any of the Holdings Companies
as a result of the issuance by such Holdings Company of stock options to
employees at less than fair market value.

     Consolidated Net Worth.  The excess of Consolidated Total Assets (which
     ------------ --- -----                                                 
shall include any Preferred Stock) over Consolidated Total Liabilities, less, to
                                                                        ----    
the extent otherwise includable in the computations of Consolidated Net Worth,
any subscriptions receivable.

     Consolidated Total Assets. All assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
     ------------ ----- ------                                             
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

     Consolidated Total Interest Expense.  For any period, the aggregate amount
     ------------ ----- -------- -------                                       
of interest required to be paid or accrued by Holdings and its Subsidiaries
during such period on all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or
is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including
payments consisting of interest in respect of Capitalized Leases and including
commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar
fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

     Consolidated Total Liabilities.  All liabilities of Holdings and its
     ------------ ----- -----------                                      
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and all Indebtedness of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, whether or not so classified.

     Conversion Request. A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of the
     ---------- -------                                                    
Borrower's election to convert or continue a Revolving Credit Loan in accordance
with (S)2.7.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -6-

     Credit Agreement. This Revolving Credit Agreement, including the Schedules
     ------ ---------                                                          
and Exhibits hereto.

     Debt Ratio.  As of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Funded
     ---- -----                                                                 
Indebtedness of the Holdings Companies outstanding on such date to (b) Total
Capital of the Holding Companies on such date.

     Decision Companies. Collectively, the Borrower and the Decision
     -------- ---------                                             
Subsidiaries.

     DecisionOne Canada. DecisionOne Corporation, a corporation organized under
     ----------- ------                                                        
the laws of Ontario, Canada and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     Decision Subsidiaries. Collectively, Decision Switzerland; Computing
     -------- ------------                                               
Direct, Inc.; Decision Data Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation;
Holding Corp.; DecisionOne Canada; IC Properties; and any other Subsidiary of
the Borrower or Holdings that is acquired or created subsequent to the date
hereof.

     Decision Switzerland.  Decision Data Computer International, S.A., a
     -------- -----------                                                
societe anonyme organized under the laws of Switzerland.

     Default. See (S)13.1 hereof.
     -------                     

     Distribution. The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect
     ------------                                                             
of any shares of any class of capital stock of any Person, other than dividends
payable solely in shares of common stock of such Person; the purchase,
redemption, or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital stock of
any Person, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such Person or
otherwise; the return of capital by any Person to its shareholders as such; or
any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital
stock of any Person.

     Documentation Agent. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     ------------- -----                                    

     Dollars or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
     -------    -                                                              

     Domestic Lending Office. Initially, the office of each Bank designated as
     -------- ------- ------                                                  
such in Schedule I hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if any,
        -------- -                                                            
located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base Rate
Loans.

     Drawdown Date. The date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is made or is to
     -------- ----                                                              
be made, and the date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is converted or
continued in accordance with (S)2.7.

     EBITDA. With respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal
     ------                                                                
period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus, to the
                                                                    ----        
extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without
duplication, (a) depreciation and amortization (including the amortization of
spare parts) for such period, (b) other noncash charges for such period,
including, without duplication, charges or credits for unutilized leases (c)
income tax expense for such period and (d) Consolidated Total Interest Expense
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-

paid or accrued during such period and minus purchases of any repairable spare
                                       -----                                  
parts in such period.

     Eligible Assignee. Any of (a) a commercial bank or finance company
     -------- --------                                                 
organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (b) a
savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the
United States, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a
net worth of at least $100,000,000, calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws
of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such
country, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000, provided that such
                                                              --------          
bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is
organized or another country which is also a member of the OECD; (d) the central
bank of any country which is a member of the OECD; (e) any investment fund,
financial institution or other institutional lender (other than any financial
institution which but for the amount of its total assets or net worth would have
been an Eligible Assignee under clauses (a)-(d) above) having total assets in
excess of $100,000,000; and (f) if, but only if, any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, any other bank, insurance company, commercial
finance company or other financial institution or other Person approved by the
Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

     Employee Benefit Plan. Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of
     -------- ------- ----                                                 
(S)3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     Environmental Laws. See (S)7.18(a) hereof.
     ------------- ----                        

     ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     -----                                                      

     ERISA Affiliate.  Any Person which is treated as a single employer with the
     ----- ---------                                                            
Borrower under (S)414 of the Code.

     ERISA Reportable Event. A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed
     ----- ---------- -----                                                 
Pension Plan within the meaning of (S)4043 of ERISA and the regulations
promulgated thereunder as to which the requirement of notice has not been
waived.

     Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. For any day with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
     ------------ ------- ----                                               
Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any lender subject
thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar
regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were
outstanding.  The Eurocurrency Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.

     Eurodollar Business Day.  Any day on which commercial banks are open for
     ---------- -------- ---                                                 
international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such
other
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-

eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Agent in its sole
discretion acting in good faith.

     Eurodollar Lending Office. Initially, the office of each Bank designated as
     ---------- ------- ------                                                  
such in Schedule I hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if any,
        -------- -                                                            
that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     Eurodollar Rate. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
     ---------- ----                                                           
Loan, the rate per annum appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page)
as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately
11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any
reason such rate is not available, the term "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, for
any Eurodollar Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum
appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for
deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business
Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to
such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified on
                      --------- -------                                       
Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of
all such rates.

     Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest calculated
     ---------- ---- -----                                                     
by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

     Event of Default. See (S)13.1 hereof.
     ----- -- -------                     

     Financial Letters of Credit. Letters of credit issued by the LC Agent
     --------- ------- -- ------                                          
pursuant to (S)4 hereof for the account of the Borrower to support the payment
of monetary obligations of the Borrower.

     FNBB. The First National Bank of Boston, a national banking association, in
     ----                                                                       
its individual capacity.

     generally accepted accounting principles. (a) When used in (S)10, whether
     --------- -------- ---------- ----------                                 
directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term used therein,
means (i) principles that are consistent with the principles promulgated or
adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, in
effect for the fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) to the
extent consistent with such principles, the accounting practice of the Borrower
reflected in its financial statements for the year ended on the Balance Sheet
Date, and (b) when used in general, other than as provided above, means
principles that are (i) consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in effect from
time to time, and (ii) consistently applied with past financial statements of
the Borrower adopting the same principles, provided that in each case referred
to in this definition of "generally accepted accounting principles" a certified
public accountant would, insofar as the use of such accounting principles is
pertinent, be in a position to deliver an unqualified opinion (other than a
qualification regarding changes in generally accepted accounting principles) as
to financial statements in which such principles have been properly applied.

     Guaranteed Pension Plan. Any employee pension benefit plan within the
     ---------- ------- ----                                              
meaning of (S)3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or in part by the PBGC
pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     Guaranty. The Guaranty, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing
     --------                                                               
Date, made by the Holdings Companies (other than the Borrower and DecisionOne
Canada) in favor of the Banks and the Agent pursuant to which each of the
Holdings Companies (other than the Borrower and DecisionOne Canada) guaranty to
the Banks and the Agent the payment and performance of the Obligations and in
form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent.

     Hazardous Substances. See (S)7.18(b) hereof.
     --------- ----------                        

     Holding Corp. Properties Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     ------- ----                                                         

     Holdings. As defined in the preamble hereto.
     --------                                    

     Holdings Companies. Collectively, Holdings and the Decision Companies.
     -------- ---------                                                    

     Holdings IPO.  The initial public offering of the common stock of Holdings
     -------- ---                                                              
pursuant to the Form S-l Registration Statement filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on February 9, 1996.

     Holdings IPO Amount.  The proceeds (net of expenses, underwriting fees and
     -------- --- ------                                                       
discounts) received by Holdings from the Holdings IPO.

     IC Properties. IC Properties Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     -- ----------                                                    

     Indebtedness.  All obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in
     ------------                                                     
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles should be classified
upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be
made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and whether or not so
classified: (a) all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or
indirect; (b) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on property owned or
acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall
have been assumed; and (c) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent
obligations whether direct or indirect in respect of indebtedness of others,
including any obligation to supply funds to or in any manner to invest in,
directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the
owner of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods,
supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of
the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the obligations to
reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit.

     Intercompany Indebtedness. The aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of (a)
     ------------ ------------                                                 
the Borrower to Holdings, (b) any of the Decision Subsidiaries to the Borrower
or other Decision Subsidiaries, and (c) the Borrower to the Decision
Subsidiaries, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and, in
the case of clauses (b) and (c) hereof, incurred in connection with (i) the
collection by the Borrower of accounts receivable owing to the Decision
Subsidiaries, (ii) the payment by the Borrower of accounts payable, payroll and
accrued expenses owing by the Decision Subsidiaries, (iii) other cash management
<PAGE>
 
                                     -10-

functions customarily performed by the Borrower or any Decision Subsidiary on
behalf of the other Decision Subsidiaries and service, supply, leasing,
licensing or other non-cash arrangements among the Decision Subsidiaries and
(iv) Acquisitions permitted by (S)9.5 hereof.

     Interest Payment Date. (a) As to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the
     -------- ------- ----                                                   
calendar quarter; and (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan in respect of which the
Interest Period is (i) three (3) months or less, the last day of such Interest
Period and (ii) more than three (3) months, the date that is three (3) months
from the first day of such Interest Period and, in addition, the last day of
such Interest Period.

     Interest Period. With respect to each Revolving Credit Loan, (a) initially,
     -------- ------                                                            
the period commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan and
ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth below, as selected by the
Borrower in a Loan Request (i) for any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the
calendar quarter; and (ii) for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, l, 2, 3 or 6 months;
and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding
Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Credit Loan and ending on the last
day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the Borrower in a
Conversion Request; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to
                    --------                                                 
Interest Periods are subject to the following:

          (a) if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan
     would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business Day, that
     Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar
     Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such
     Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest
     Period shall end on the immediately preceding Eurodollar Business Day;

          (b) if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan would end
     on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall end on the
     next succeeding Business Day;

          (c) if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in (S)2.7,
     the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion of the affected
     Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan and the continuance of all Base
     Rate Loans as Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest
     Period with respect thereto;

          (d) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that
     begins on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day
     for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month
     at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Eurodollar
     Business Day of a calendar month; and

          (e) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that
     would otherwise extend beyond the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date shall
     end on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date.

     Investments.  All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
     -----------                                                     
(contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness of, or
for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property to, or in
respect of any guaranties (or other
<PAGE>
 
                                     -11-

commitments as described under Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person.  In
determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular
time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken
at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still
outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued
with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such
interest is paid; (c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment
any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption,
retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d)
there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as
earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise,
except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b)
may be deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the
aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

     Investors. J.H. Whitney & Co., a New York limited partnership, Welsh,
     ---------                                                            
Carson, Anderson & Stowe IV, a New York limited partnership acting through its
general partner WCAS IV Partners and WCAS Venture Partners, a New York limited
partnership acting through its general partner WCAS Ventures.

     Letter of Credit. See (S)4.1.1 hereof.
     ------ -- ------                      

     Letter of Credit Application. See (S)4.1.l hereof.
     ------ -- ------ -----------                       

     Letter of Credit Participation. See (S)4.1.4 hereof.
     ------ -- ------ -------------                      

     Loan Documents.   This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
     ---- ---------                                                          
Applications, the Letters of Credit and the Guaranty.

     Loan Request. See (S)2.6 hereof.
     ---- -------                    

     Majority Banks. As of any date, the Banks holding at least fifty-one
     -------- -----                                                      
percent (51%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Note,
plus the unused portion of the Commitments on such date; and if no such
principal is outstanding, the Banks whose aggregate Commitments constitutes at
least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment.

     Maximum Drawing Amount. The maximum aggregate amount that the beneficiaries
     ------- ------- ------                                                     
may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such aggregate
amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Letters of
Credit.

     Multiemployer Plan.  Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of (S)3(37)
     ------------- ----                                                        
of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

     Nations. NationsBank of Texas, N.A., in its individual capacity.
     -------                                                         

     Non-Affected Bank. Any Bank which is not an Affected Bank.
     ------------ ----                                         

     Non-U.S. Lender. See (S)5.2.2(b) hereof.
     ---------------                         
<PAGE>
 
                                     -12-


     Obligations.  All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any of the
     -----------                                                              
Holdings Companies to any of the Banks, the Bank Agents and the Agent,
individually or collectively, existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or
arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or
unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or
incurred under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in
respect of any of the Loans made or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or any of
the Notes, Letter of Credit Application, Letter of Credit, or any documents,
agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, or other instruments
at any time evidencing any thereof.

     outstanding.  With respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, the aggregate
     -----------                                                            
unpaid principal thereof as of any date of determination.

     PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by (S)4002 of ERISA
     ----                                                                      
and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

     Performance Letters of Credit. Letters of credit issued by the LC Agent
     ----------- ------- -- ------                                          
pursuant to (S)4 hereof for the account of the Borrower to support the
performance of contract obligations of the Borrower other than monetary
obligations.

     Permitted Liens.  Liens, security interests and other encumbrances
     --------- -----                                                   
permitted by (S)9.2.

     Person. Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated
     ------                                                                 
association, business, or other legal entity, and any government or any
governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

     Preferred Stock. As applied to the capital stock of any Person, means the
     --------- -----                                                          
capital stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as
to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over
shares of capital stock of any other class of such Person.

     Rate Adjustment Period. As defined in the definition of Applicable Margin.
     ---- ---------- ------                                                    

     Real Estate. All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or
     ---- ------                                                             
sublessee) by any of the Holdings Companies.

     Record. The grid attached to a Revolving Credit Note, or the continuation
     ------                                                                   
of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records,
maintained by any Bank with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan referred to in
such Revolving Credit Note.

     Reference Period.  A period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (or such
     --------- ------                                                        
shorter period of one, two or three full consecutive fiscal quarters as has
elapsed since the Closing Date).
<PAGE>
 
                                     -13-



          Reimbursement Obligation. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse the
          ------------- ----------
LC Agent and the Banks on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as
provided in (S)4.2.

          Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date. April 26,2001.
          --------- ------ ---- -------- ----

          Revolving Credit Loans. Revolving credit loans made or to be made by
          --------- ------ -----
the Banks to the Borrower pursuant to (S)2.

          Revolving Credit Note. See (S)2.4 hereof.
          --------- ------ ----

          Securities Purchase Agreement. The Securities Purchase Agreement,
          ---------- -------- ---------
dated October 20, 1995 among Holdings, the Borrower and the other parties
thereto.

          Senior Debt Rating. The rating issued from time to time (whether on a
          ------ ---- ------
preliminary basis or otherwise) by Standard & Poor's or Moody's with respect to
unsecured debt of the Borrower not maturing within twelve (12) months and not
subordinated by its terms in right of payment to other unsecured debt of the
Borrower (such debt, "Long Term Senior Debt"). If (but only if) no such direct
rating by the particular applicable rating agency exists with respect to Long
Term Senior Debt, such rating shall be implied from the rating issued from time
to time (whether on a preliminary basis or otherwise) by, as applicable,
Standard & Poor's or Moody's with respect to unsecured debt of the Borrower not
maturing within twelve (12) months that is subordinated by its terms in right of
payment to other unsecured senior debt of the borrower (such debt, "Long Term
Subordinated Debt") on the following basis: the Senior Debt Rating of Long Term
Senior Debt shall be the next higher subgrade designation to the debt rating of
Long Term Subordinated Debt by Standard & Poor's or Moody's, as the case may be.
In the event Standard & Poor's or Moody's changes its debt rating designations,
definitions of symbols, the Borrower and the Majority Banks shall agree as to
the exact application of such new debt rating terminology to the application of
the Applicable Margin, taking into account the explanation of such new rating
terminology by Standard & Poor's or Moody's, as the case may be, and its
comparability to the Senior Debt Ratings referred to in the definition of
Applicable Margin.

          Subordinated Notes.  The 10.101% Subordinated Notes due 2001 issued by
          ------------ -----
the Borrower pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, in the original
aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000.

          Subsidiary. Any corporation, association, trust, or other business
          ----------
entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or
indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number
of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

          Swiss Account Amount. The amount, not in excess of 250,000 Swiss
          ----- ------- ------
francs plus interest earned thereon, held by Decision Switzerland in Union des
Banques Suisses Account No. 392.429.80J, as such amount is reduced from to time
to time pursuant to the agreement of the signatories of such account for the
purpose of paying such tax obligations of Decision Switzerland to the various
taxing authorities in Switzerland as have accrued, may be accruing, or may
accrue in the future, including, without limitation, Federal direct taxes
expected to be due for the biennial taxable period ended November 30, 1988, and
such dividend withholding taxes as may become due on the earnings and legal
reserve of Decision Switzerland as of November 30, 1988.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -14-



          Syndication Agent. As defined in the preamble hereto.
          ----------- -----

          Total Capital. As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the
          ----- -------
Total Funded Indebtedness of the Holdings Companies outstanding at such time,
plus (b) all shareholder equity of the Holdings Companies, as determined in
- ----
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, plus, without
                                                          ----
duplication, (c) the amount of any Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date
which is not classified as shareholder equity in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

          Total Commitment. The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in
          ----- ----------
effect from time to time.

          Total Funded Indebtedness. All Indebtedness of Holdings and its
          ----- ------ ------------
Subsidiaries for borrowed money, purchase money Indebtedness and with respect to
Capitalized Leases, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

          Type. As to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan
          ----
or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

          Uniform Customs. With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform
          ------- -------
Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International
Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or any successor version thereto adopted
by the LC Agent in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit
issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

          Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. Any Reimbursement Obligation for
          ------ ------------- ----------
which the Borrower does not reimburse the LC Agent and the Banks on the date
specified in, and in accordance with, (S)4.2.

          Voting Stock.  Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes
          ------ -----
(however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such
holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other
business entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason
of the happening of a contingency.

          1.2.  Rules of Interpretation.
                ----- -- --------------

                (a)  A reference to any document or agreement shall include such
          document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time
          to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit
          Agreement.

                (b)  The singular includes the plural and the plural includes
          the singular.

                (c)  A reference to any law includes any amendment or
          modification to such law.

                (d)  A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors
          and permitted assigns.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -15-



                (e)  Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
          meanings assigned to them by generally accepted accounting principles
          applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they
          refer.

                (f)  The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not
          limiting.

                (g)  All terms not specifically defined herein or by generally
          accepted accounting principles, which terms are defined in the Uniform
          Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
          have the meanings assigned to them therein, with the term "instrument"
          being that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

                (h)  Reference to a particular "(S)" refers to that section of
          this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

                (i)  The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and words of like
          import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any
          particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

                       2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.
                          --- --------- ------ --------

   2.1. Commitment to Lend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
        ---------- -- ----
this Credit Agreement, each of the Banks severally agrees to lend to the
Borrower and the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time
between the Closing Date and the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date upon notice
by the Borrower to the Agent given in accordance with (S)2.6, such sums as are
requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding (after
giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such Bank's
Commitment minus such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the sum of the Maximum
           -----
Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, provided, that the sum
                                                         --------  
of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to
all amounts requested) plus the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid
                       ----
Reimbursement Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment.
The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata in accordance with each Bank's
                                         --- ----
Commitment Percentage. Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall
constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set
forth in (S)11 and (S)12, in the case of the initial Revolving Credit Loans to
be made on the Closing Date, and (S)12, in the case of all other Revolving
Credit Loans, have been satisfied on the date of such request.

   2.2. Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the accounts
        ---------- ---
of the Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages a
commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") calculated at the applicable Commitment
Fee Rate on the average daily amount during each calendar quarter or portion
thereof from the date hereof to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date by which
the Total Commitment minus the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid
                     -----
Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit
Loans during such calendar quarter.  The commitment fee shall be payable
quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter for the
immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing on the first such date
<PAGE>
 
                                     -16-



following the date hereof, with a final payment on the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate.

          2.3. Reduction of Total Commitment. The Borrower shall have the right
               --------- -- ----- ----------
at any time and from time to time upon one (1) Business Days prior written
notice to the Agent to reduce by $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof or terminate entirely the Total Commitment, whereupon the
Commitments of the Banks shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their
                                          --- ----
respective Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as
the case may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrower
delivered pursuant to this (S)2.3, the Agent will notify the Banks of the
substance thereof. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination,
the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks the
full amount of any commitment fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction.
No reduction or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated.

          2.4. The Revolving Credit Notes. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be
               --- --------- ------ -----
evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrower in substantially the form of
Exhibit A hereto (the "Revolving Credit Note"), dated as of the Closing Date and
- ---------
completed with appropriate insertions. The Revolving Credit Note shall be
payable to the order of the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks in a
principal amount equal to the Total Commitment or, if less, the outstanding
amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by all the Banks, plus interest
accrued thereon, as set forth below. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the
Agent to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of
any Revolving Credit Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal
on the Revolving Credit Note, an appropriate notation on the Record reflecting
the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of
such payment. The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans set forth on
the Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing
                    ----- -----
and unpaid to the Agent for the accounts of the Banks, but the failure to
record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on the Record shall not
limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the
Revolving Credit Note to make payments of principal of or interest on the
Revolving Credit Note when due. At the request of any Bank, the Borrower shall
execute and deliver to such requesting Bank a Revolving Credit Note made payable
to such Bank in a principal amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
the Revolving Credit Loans, or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Revolving
Credit Loans made by such Bank, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth
below, and the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent for the
respective accounts of the Banks which do not hold their own Revolving Credit
Note, an amended and restated Revolving Credit Note in a principal amount equal
to the Total Commitment less the Commitment amount of any Banks which hold their
own Revolving Credit Notes, or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Revolving
Credit Loans made by all such Banks plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth
below.

          2.5. Interest on Revolving Credit Loans. Except as otherwise provided
               -------- -- --------- ------ -----
in (S)5.10,

                (a)  Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period
          commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day
          of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum
          equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
                                 ----
<PAGE>
 
                                     -17-



                (b)  Each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the
          period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the
          last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per
          annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, plus the
          Applicable Margin.                                           ---- 

                (c)  The Borrower promises to pay interest on each Revolving
          Credit Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect
          thereto.

                (d)  The Agent agrees to notify the Borrower of any change in
          the Base Rate.

   2.6. Requests for Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall give to the
        -------- --- --------- ------ -----
Agent written or telegraphic notice in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or
                                                   ------- -
telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in the form of Exhibit B hereto) of
                                                        ------- -
each Revolving Credit Loan requested hereunder (a "Loan Request") no later than
(a) 10:00 a.m. (Dallas time) on the day of the proposed Drawdown Date of any
Base Rate Loan and (b) three (3) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the proposed
Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan. Each such notice shall specify (a)
the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan requested, (b) the proposed
Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan, (C) the Interest Period for such
Revolving Credit Loan and (d) the Type of such Revolving Credit Loan. Promptly
upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall notify each of the Banks
thereof. Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and
shall obligate the Borrower to accept the Revolving Credit Loan requested from
the Banks on the proposed Drawdown Date.  Each Loan Request for a Eurodollar
Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a whole
multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and each Loan Request for a Base Rate
Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of
$100,000 in excess thereof.

   2.7.  Conversion Options.
         ---------- -------

           2.7.1. Conversion to Different Type of Revolving Credit Loan. The
                  ---------- -- --------- ---- -- --------- ------ ----
Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding Revolving Credit
Loan to a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type, provided that (a) with respect
                                                 --------
to any such conversion of a Revolving Credit Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the
Borrower shall give the Agent at least two (2) Business Days prior written
notice of such election; (b) with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate
Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Agent at least three
(3) Eurodollar Business Days prior written notice of such election; (C) with
respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan into a Revolving Credit
Loan of another Type, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the
Interest Period with respect thereto, or, if such conversion is made on a day
which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, shall pay
the applicable costs set forth in (S)5.10; and (d) no Revolving Credit Loan may
be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan when any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing. On the date on which such conversion is being
made each Bank shall take such action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment
Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its
Eurodollar Lending Office, as the case may be. All or any part of outstanding
Revolving Credit Loans of any Type may be converted into a Revolving Credit Loan
of another Type as provided herein,
<PAGE>
 
                                     -18-



provided that any partial conversion shall be in an aggregate principal amount
- --------
of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, unless such
conversion is into a Base Rate Loan, which shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Each Conversion Request relating
to the conversion of a Revolving Credit Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be
irrevocable by the Borrower.

          2.7.2. Continuation of Type of Revolving Credit Loan. Any Revolving
                 ---------------------------------------------
Credit Loan of any Type may be continued as a Revolving Credit Loan of the same
Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by
compliance by the Borrower with the notice provisions contained in (S)2.7.1;
provided that no Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Default
- --------
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically
converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period
relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Default or Event of
Default of which officers of the Agent active upon the Borrower's account have
actual knowledge. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide any such
notice with respect to the continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan as such,
then such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate
Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto. The Agent
shall notify the Banks promptly when any such automatic conversion contemplated
by this (S)2.7 is scheduled to occur.

          2.7.3. Eurodollar Rate Loans. Any conversion to or from Eurodollar
                 ---------------------
Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so
that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all
Eurodollar Rate Loans having the same Interest Period shall not be less than
$5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the
Borrower hereby agrees that there shall not be more than ten (10) Eurodollar
Rate Loans outstanding at any one time.

2.8.  Funds for Revolving Credit Loan.
      -------------------------------

          2.8.1. Funding Procedures. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on
                 ------------------
the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loans, each of the Banks will
make available to the Agent, at the Agent's head office, in immediately
available funds, the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the amount
of the requested Revolving Credit Loans. Upon receipt from each Bank of such
amount, and upon receipt of the documents required by (S)(S)11 and 12 and the
satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent
applicable, the Agent will make available to the Borrower the aggregate amount
of such Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Agent by the Banks. The
failure or refusal of any Bank to make available to the Agent at the aforesaid
time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Commitment Percentage of
the requested Revolving Credit Loans shall not relieve any other Bank from its
several obligation hereunder to make available to the Agent the amount of such
other Bank's Commitment Percentage of any requested Revolving Credit Loans.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -19-



       2.8.2. Advances by Agent. The Agent may, unless notified to the contrary
              -------- -- -----
by any Bank prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Bank has made available
to the Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such Bank's Commitment
Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date, and
the Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If any Bank
makes available to the Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date,
such Bank shall pay to the Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (a)
the average computed for the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the
weighted average interest rate paid by the Agent for federal funds acquired by
the Agent during each day included in such period, times (b) the amount of such
                                                   -----
Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans, times (c) a
                                                             -----
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and
including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the amount of such Bank's
Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans shall become immediately
available to the Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A statement of the
Agent submitted to such Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this
paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the Agent
                   ----- -----
by such Bank. If the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such
Revolving Credit Loans is not made available to the Agent by such Bank within
three (3) Business Days following such Drawdown Date, the Agent shall be
entitled to recover such amount from the Borrower on demand, with interest
thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans made on
such Drawdown Date.

    3.  REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.
        --------- -- --- --------- ------ -----
  3.1. Maturity. The Borrower promises to pay on the Revolving Credit Loan
       --------
Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the
Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, all of the Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon.

  3.2. Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans. If at any time the sum of
       --------- ---------- -- --------- ------ -----
the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Maximum Drawing Amount
and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Commitment, then the
Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Agent for the
respective accounts of the Banks for application:  first, to any Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Revolving Credit Loans; and third, to
provide to the Agent cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as
contemplated by (S)4.2(b) and (c).  Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the
Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation
or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's
Revolving Credit Loan, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize
any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

  3.3. Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall have
       -------- ---------- -- --------- ------ -----
the right, at its election, to repay the outstanding amount of the Revolving
Credit Loans, as a whole or in part, at any time without penalty or premium,
provided that any full or partial prepayment of the outstanding amount of any
- --------
Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this (S)3.3
<PAGE>
 
                                     -20-



may be made only on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, or, if
not made on the last day of the such Interest Period, the Borrower shall pay any
applicable costs associated with such repayment as set forth in (S)5.9 hereof.
The Borrower shall give the Agent, no later than 10:00 a.m., (Dallas time), at
least one (1) Business Days prior written notice of any proposed prepayment
pursuant to this (S)3.3 of Base Rate Loans, and three (3) Eurodollar Business
Days notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this (S)3.3 of Eurodollar
Rate Loans, in each case specifying the proposed date of prepayment of Revolving
Credit Loans and the principal amount to be prepaid.  Each such partial
prepayment of the Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an integral multiple of
$2,000,000, and each partial prepayment of a Base Rate Loan shall be in an
integral multiple of $500,000, and each shall be accompanied by the payment of
accrued interest on the principal prepaid to the date of prepayment and shall be
applied, in the absence of instruction by the Borrower, first to the principal
of Base Rate Loans and then to the principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each
partial prepayment shall be allocated among the Banks, in proportion, as nearly
as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's
Revolving Credit Note, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize
any prior repayments not exactly in proportion.

                             4. LETTERS OF CREDIT.
                                ------- -- ------

    4.1.  Letter of Credit Commitments.
          ------ -- ------ -----------

          4.1.1. Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and
                 ---------- -- ----- ------- -- ------
    conditions hereof and the execution and delivery by the Borrower of a letter
    of credit application on the LC Agent's customary form (a "Letter of Credit
    Application"), the LC Agent on behalf of the Banks and in reliance upon the
    agreement of the Banks set forth in (S)4.1.4 and upon the representations
    and warranties of the Borrower contained herein, agrees, in its individual
    capacity, to issue, extend and renew for the account of the Borrower one or
    more standby or documentary Financial Letters of Credit or Performance
    Letters of Credit (individually, a "Letter of Credit"), in such form as may
    be requested from time to time by the Borrower and agreed to by the LC
    Agent; provided, however, that, after giving effect to such request, (a) the
           --------  -------
    sum of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement
    Obligations shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any one time and (b) the sum of
    (i) the Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, (ii) all Unpaid
    Reimbursement Obligations, and (iii) the amount of all Revolving Credit
    Loans outstanding shall not exceed the Total Commitment. Upon receipt of a
    Letter of Credit Application, the LC Agent shall notify the Agent of such
    request for the issuance, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, and
    the Agent shall confirm to the LC Agent that after giving effect to such
    request, the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit plus
                                                                            ----
    all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations plus all outstanding Revolving Credit
                                         ---- 
    Loans do not exceed the Total Commitment.

          4.1.2.  Letter of Credit Applications. Each Letter of Credit
                  ------ -- ------ ------------
    Application shall be completed to the satisfaction of the LC Agent. In the
    event that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application shall be
    inconsistent with any
<PAGE>
 
                                     -21-



     provision of this Credit Agreement, then the provisions of this Credit
     Agreement shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency, govern.

         4.1.3. Terms of Letters of Credit. Each Letter of Credit issued,
                ----- -- ------- -- ------
     extended or renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (a) provide for
     the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented in
     accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents
     described therein, (b) have an expiry date no later than the date which is
     fourteen (14) days (or, if the Letter of Credit is confirmed by a confirmer
     or otherwise provides for one or more nominated persons, forty-five (45)
     days) prior to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, and (c) have an
     expiry date no later than one (1) year from the date of issuance. Each
     Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to the
     Uniform Customs.

         4.1.4. Reimbursement Obligations of Banks. Each Bank severally agrees
                ------------- ----------- -- -----
     that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any
     Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent whatsoever, to
     the extent of such Bank's Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the LC Agent
     on demand for the amount of each draft paid by the LC Agent under each
     Letter of Credit to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by the
     Borrower pursuant to (S)4.2 (such agreement for a Bank being called herein
     the "Letter of Credit Participation" of such Bank).

         4.1.5. Participations of Banks. Each such payment made by a Bank shall
                -------------- -- -----
     be treated as the purchase by such Bank of a participating interest in the
     Borrower's Reimbursement Obligation under (S)4.2 in an amount equal to such
     payment. Each Bank shall share in accordance with its participating
     interest in any interest which accrues pursuant to (S)4.2.

     4.2. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. In order to induce the LC
          ------------- ---------- -- --- --------
Agent to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit and the Banks to
participate therein, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the LC
Agent, for the account of the LC Agent or (as the case may be) the Banks, with
respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the LC Agent
hereunder,

           (a) except as otherwise expressly provided in (S)4.2(b) and (c), on
     each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit is honored
     by the LC Agent, or the LC Agent otherwise makes a payment with respect
     thereto, (i) the amount paid by the LC Agent under or with respect to such
     Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other
     costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the LC Agent or any Bank in
     connection with any payment made by the LC Agent or any Bank under, or with
     respect to, such Letter of Credit,

           (b) upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total Commitment
    to an amount less than the Maximum Drawing Amount, an amount equal to such
    difference, which amount shall be held by the LC Agent for the benefit of
    the Banks and the LC Agent as cash collateral for all Reimbursement
    Obligations, and
<PAGE>
 
                                     -22-

           (c) upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the acceleration
    of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in
    accordance with (S)13, an amount equal to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on
    all Letters of Credit, which amount shall be held by the LC Agent for the
    benefit of the Banks and the LC Agent as cash collateral for all
    Reimbursement Obligations.

Each such payment shall be made to the LC Agent at the LC Agent's head office in
immediately available funds.  Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid
by the Borrower under this (S)4.2 at any time from the date such amounts become
due and payable (whether as stated in this (S)4.2, by acceleration or otherwise)
until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the
LC Agent on demand at the rate specified in (S)5.11 for overdue principal on the
Revolving Credit Loans.

   4.3. Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented or other
        ------ -- ------ --------
demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the LC Agent shall
notify the Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for
payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such
demand for payment (provided, however, that any failure by the LC Agent to so
provide the Borrower with such notice shall not limit or otherwise affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder). If the Borrower fails to reimburse the
LC Agent as provided in (S)4.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or
other payment is made by the LC Agent, the LC Agent may at any time thereafter
notify the Banks of the amount of any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. No
later than 3:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the Business Day next following the
receipt of such notice, each Bank shall make available to the LC Agent, at the
LC Agent's head office, in immediately available funds, such Bank's Commitment
Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount
equal to the product of (a) the average, computed for the period referred to in
clause (c) below, of the weighted average interest rate paid by the LC Agent for
federal funds acquired by the LC Agent during each day included in such period,
times (b) the amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid
- -----
Reimbursement Obligation, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                          -----
number of days that elapse from and including the date the LC Agent paid the
draft presented for honor or otherwise made payment to the date on which such
Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement obligation shall
become immediately available to the LC Agent, and the denominator of which is
360.  The responsibility of the LC Agent to the Borrower and the Banks shall be
only to determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under each
Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in
all material respects with such Letter of Credit.

   4.4. Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligations under this (S)4 shall
        ----------- --------
be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective
of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any condition precedent
whatsoever or any set off, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower
may have or have had against the LC Agent, any Bank or any beneficiary of a
Letter of Credit. The Borrower further agrees with the LC Agent and the Banks
that the LC Agent and the Banks shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's
Reimbursement Obligations under (S)4.2 shall not be affected by, among other
things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon,
even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all
<PAGE>
 
                                     -23-

respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the
Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution
or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims or
defenses whatsoever of the Borrower against the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit or any such transferee. The LC Agent and the Banks shall not be liable
for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or
delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any
Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the LC
Agent or any Bank under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and the
related drafts and documents, if done in good faith, shall be binding upon the
Borrower and shall not result in any liability on the part of the LC Agent or
any Bank to the Borrower.

          4.5. Reliance by Issuer. To the extent not inconsistent with (S)4.4,
               -------- -- ------
the LC Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying
upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and
other experts selected by the LC Agent. The LC Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Credit Agreement unless it
shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it
reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The LC
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under this Credit Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority
Banks, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon the Banks and all future holders of the Revolving Credit
Notes or of a Letter of Credit Participation.

          4.6.  Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower shall, on the date of
                ------ -- ----------
issuance or any extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit and at such other
time or times as such charges are customarily made by the LC Agent or as
specified below, pay a fee (in each case, a "Letter of Credit Fee") to the LC
Agent (a) in respect of each standby Performance Letter of Credit or Financial
Letter of Credit, as the case may be, calculated at a per annum rate equal to
the Applicable Margin at the date of issuance, extension or renewal of such
Letter of Credit multiplied by the face amount of such Letter of Credit, payable
quarterly in advance on the date of issuance and the last day of each calendar
quarter thereafter plus the LC Agent's customary issuance fee, and (b) in
                   ----
respect of each documentary Performance Letter of Credit or Financial Letter of
Credit, as the case may be, equal to (i) the LC Agent's customary issuance fee
or amendment fee, as the case may be, plus (ii) the LC Agent's customary time
                                      ----
negotiation fee per document examination (iii) plus an amount calculated at a
                                               ----
per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin at the date of issuance, extension
or renewal of such Letter of Credit multiplied by the face amount of such Letter
of Credit, payable quarterly in advance on the date of issuance and the last day
of each calendar quarter thereafter, plus (iv) a negotiation fee, such Letter of
                                     ----
Credit Fee (but not such issuance, amendment, negotiation or document
examination fee) to be for the accounts of the Banks in accordance with their
respective Commitment Percentages.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -24-


                         5. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.
                            ------- ------- ----------

        5.1.  Closing Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent, the
              ------- ---
Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent a closing fee in the amount and at
the times agreed to by the Borrower and such Bank Agents.

        5.2.  Funds for Payments.
              ----- --- --------

                5.2.1. Payments to Agent. All payments of principal, interest,
                       -------- -- -----
        Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees (but not the issuance, amendment,
        negotiation or document examination fee relating to such Letters of
        Credit) and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other
        Loan Documents shall be made to the Agent, for the respective accounts
        of the Banks and the Agent, at the Agent's head office or at such other
        location in the Dallas, Texas, area that the Agent may from time to time
        designate, in each case in immediately available funds. In addition, all
        payments of Reimbursement Obligations and issuance, amendment,
        negotiation or document examination fees relating to Letters of Credit
        shall be made to the LC Agent at such Bank Agent's Head Office, or at
        such other location in the Boston, Massachusetts area that the LC Agent
        may from time to time designate, in each case in immediately available
        funds.

                5.2.2. Net Payments (a) All payments made to the Banks and the
                       --- --------
        Agent by the Borrower hereunder, under any Revolving Credit Note or
        under any other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim
        or other defense. All such payments will be made free and clear of, and
        without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes,
        levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever
        nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or any political
        subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (but excluding, any
        tax imposed on or measured by net income of a Bank (including all
        interest, penalties or similar liabilities related thereto) pursuant to
        the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country or any
        political subdivision thereof, or taxing authority of the United States
        of America or any foreign country or any political subdivision thereof,
        all such non-excluded taxes, collectively, "Taxes"). If any Taxes are so
        levied or imposed, the Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such
        Taxes, and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that the
        amount of every payment of all amounts due hereunder received by the
        recipient thereof, under any Revolving Credit Note or under any other
        Loan Document, after withholding or deduction for or on account of any
        Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein or in such
        Revolving Credit Note. The Borrower will furnish to the Agent upon
        request certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the
        Borrower. The Borrower will indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and
        each Bank, and reimburse the Agent or such Bank upon its written
        request, for the amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid or
        withheld by such Bank. Each Bank shall use reasonable efforts to
        designate a different principal office or applicable lending office to
        avoid the need for the payment of any Taxes by such Bank pursuant to
        this paragraph to the extent that such a designation would not, in the
        reasonable opinion of such Bank, be disadvantageous to such Bank.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -25-

                (b) Each Bank that is not a citizen or resident of the United
        States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or
        organized in or under any laws of the United States of America, or an
        estate or trust that is subject to United States Federal income taxation
        regardless of the source of its income (a "Non-U.S. Lender") shall, on
        or prior to the date hereof (in the case of each Non-U.S. Lender that is
        a party hereto on the date hereof) or on or prior to the date of any
        assignment or participation hereunder and thereafter as reasonably
        requested from time to time by the Borrower or the Agent, execute and
        deliver, if legally able to do so, to the Borrower and the Agent one or
        more (as the Borrower or the Agent may reasonably request) United States
        Internal Revenue Service Forms 4224 or Forms 1001 (as appropriate for
        such Bank) and Form W-8 or Form W-9 or such other forms or documents (or
        successor forms or documents) (as appropriate for such Bank),
        appropriately completed, as may be applicable to establish the extent,
        if any, to which a payment to such Non-U.S. Lender is exempt from or
        entitled to a reduced rate of withholding or deduction of Taxes. As an
        alternative to delivering Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form
        4224, a Non-U.S. Lender that is not a "bank" under section 881(c)(3)(A)
        of the Code may, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this
        Credit Agreement and thereafter as reasonably requested from time to
        time by the Borrower or the Agent, execute and deliver, if legally able
        to do so, to the Borrower and the Agent an Internal Revenue Service Form
        W-8, together with a statement under penalties of perjury that such Non-
        U.S. Lender, or beneficial owner, as the case may be, is not a "bank"
        under section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code.

                (c) The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify or pay any
        additional amounts to any Bank with respect to any Taxes pursuant to
        this (S)5.2.2. to the extent that any obligation to withhold, deduct or
        pay amounts with respect to such tax existed on the date such Bank
        became a party to this Credit Agreement (and, in such case, the Borrower
        may deduct and withhold such tax from payments to such Bank). In
        addition, the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify or to pay any
        additional amounts to any Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Taxes
        pursuant to this (S)5.2.2. to the extent that such Taxes are payable as
        a result of such Non-U.S. Lender's failure to comply in full with the
        provisions of paragraph (b) above resulting in the claimed Taxes and in
        such case, the Borrower may deduct and withhold all Taxes required by
        law as a result of such noncompliance from payments to such Non-U.S.
        Lender).

        5.3. Computations. All computations of interest on the Base Rate Loans 
             ------------
shall be based on a 365-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.
All computations of interest on the Eurodollar Rate Loans and of Commitment
Fees, Letter of Credit Fees or other fees shall, unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, be based on a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of
days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of the term
"Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, whenever a payment
hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is
not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -26-


          5.4.  Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate. In the event, prior to
                --------------------------------------
the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan,
the Agent shall determine or be notified by the Majority Banks that adequate and
reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would
otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan during any Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such
determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the
Banks provided that the Agent shall have made the same determination with
respect to loan facilities similar to those provided in this Credit Agreement)
to the Borrower and the Banks.  In such event (a) any Loan Request or Conversion
Request with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically withdrawn
and shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans, (b) each Eurodollar Rate Loan
will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating
thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (c) the obligations of the Banks to make
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Agent or the Majority Banks
determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer
exist, whereupon the Agent or, as the case may be, the Agent upon the
instruction of the Majority Banks, shall so notify the Borrower and the Banks.

          5.5. Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any
               ----------
change in any present or enactment of any future law, regulation, treaty or
directive or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful
for any Bank to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Bank shall
forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the other Banks
and thereupon (a) the commitment of such Bank to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or
convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended
and (b) such Bank's Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate
Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last
day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans or within
such earlier period as may be required by law provided, that such Bank shall
                                              --------
have made the same determination with respect to other loan facilities similar
to those provided in this Credit Agreement. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly
to pay the Agent for the account of such Bank, upon demand by such Bank, any
additional amounts necessary to compensate such Bank for any costs incurred by
such Bank in making any conversion in accordance with this (S)5.5, including any
interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in
order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder.

          5.6.  Additional Costs, etc. If any change in any present or the
                ---------------------
enactment of any future applicable law, which expression, as used herein,
includes statutes, rules and regulations thereunder and interpretations thereof
by any competent court or by any governmental or other regulatory body or
official charged with the administration or the interpretation thereof and
requests, directives, instructions and notices at any time or from time to time
hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to any Bank or the Agent by any central
bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority (whether or not having the
force of law), shall:

                (a) subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost,
        duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect
        to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of
        Credit, such Bank's Commitment or the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -27-


        Revolving Credit Loans (other than taxes based upon or measured by the
        income or profits of such Bank or the Agent), or

                (b) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes
        in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Bank of the principal
        of or the interest on any Revolving Credit Loans or any other amounts
        payable to any Bank or the Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of
        the other Loan Documents, or

                (c) impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the
        extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement) any
        special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or
        other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law)
        against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans
        by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any
        Bank, or

                (d) impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions or
        requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
        Documents, any Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Loans, such
        Bank's Commitment, or any class of loans, letters of credit or
        commitments of which any of the Revolving Credit Loans or such Bank's
        Commitment forms a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is

                        (i)   to increase the cost to any Bank of making,
                funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the
                Revolving Credit Loans or such Bank's Commitment or any Letter
                of Credit, or

                        (ii)  to reduce the amount of principal, interest,
                Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such Bank or
                the Agent hereunder on account of such Bank's Commitment, any
                Letter of Credit or any of the Revolving Credit Loans, or

                        (iii) to require such Bank or the Agent to make any
                payment or to forego any interest or Reimbursement Obligation or
                other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or
                foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum is
                calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum
                receivable or deemed received by such Bank or the Agent from the
                Borrower hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Bank or
(as the case may be) the Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as
the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank or the Agent such additional
amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent for such
additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement
Obligation or other sum provided, that such Bank shall have made demand on other
                        --------
customers to which such additional costs are applicable with respect to other
loan facilities similar to those provided in this Credit Agreement.

        5.7.  Capital Adequacy. If after the date hereof any Bank or the Agent
              ----------------
determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule,
regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) regarding capital
<PAGE>
 
                                     -28-

requirements for banks or bank holding companies or any change in the
interpretation or application thereof by a court or governmental authority with
appropriate jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by such Bank or the Agent or any
corporation controlling such Bank or the Agent with any law, governmental rule,
regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) of any such entity regarding capital adequacy, has the effect of reducing
the return on such Bank's or the Agent's commitment with respect to any Loans or
Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Bank or the Agent could have
achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Bank's or the Agent's then existing policies with respect to capital
adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity's capital) by any amount
deemed by such Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent to be material, then such
Bank or the Agent may notify the Borrower of such fact. To the extent that the
amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in the Base
Rate, the Borrower and such Bank shall thereafter attempt to negotiate in good
faith, within thirty (30) days of the day on which the Borrower receives such
notice, an adjustment payable hereunder that will adequately compensate such
Bank in light of these circumstance, provided, that such Bank shall have made
                                     --------
the same determination and taken similar action with respect to other loan
facilities similar to those provided in this Credit Agreement. If the Borrower
and such Bank are unable to agree to such adjustment within thirty (30) days of
the date on which the Borrower receives such notice, then commencing on the date
of such notice (but not earlier than the effective date of any such increased
capital requirement), the fees payable hereunder shall increase by an amount
that will, in such Bank's reasonable determination, provide adequate
compensation.  Each Bank shall allocate such cost increases among its customers
in good faith and on an equitable basis.

          5.8.  Certificate. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts
                -----------
payable pursuant to (S)(S)5.6 or 5.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts
which are due, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the Borrower, shall be
conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing.

          5.9.  Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to
                ---------
hold each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including
loss of anticipated profits) that such Bank may sustain or incur as a
consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of
or any interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loans as and when due and payable,
including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such
Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Eurodollar Rate
Loans, (b) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the
Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Loan Request, or a Conversion
Request relating thereto in accordance with (S)2.6 or (S)2.7 or (c) the making
of any payment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or the making of any conversion of any
such Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day
of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or
fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to
maintain any such Loans.

          5.10.  Interest After Default.
                 ----------------------

                  5.10.1. Overdue Amounts. Overdue principal and (to the extent
                          ---------------
        permitted by applicable law) interest on the Revolving Credit Loans and
        all other overdue amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other
        Loan Documents shall bear
<PAGE>
 
                                     -29-

        interest compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per annum
        equal to four percent (4%) above the Base Rate until such amount shall
        be paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

                  5.10.2. Amounts Not Overdue. During the continuance of an
                          -------------------
        Event of Default the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans not overdue
        shall, until such Event of Default has been cured or remedied or such
        Event of Default has been waived by the Majority Banks pursuant to
        (S)26, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) two
        percent (2%) above the rate of interest otherwise applicable to such
        Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to (S)2.5 and (b) the rate of interest
        applicable to overdue principal pursuant to (S)5.10.1.

        5.11.  Replacement Banks. Within thirty (30) days after (a) any Bank has
               -----------------
demanded compensation from the Borrower pursuant to (S)(S)5.6 or 5.7 hereof, or
(b) there shall have occurred a change in law with respect to any Bank as a
consequence of which it shall have become unlawful for such Bank to make a
Eurodollar Rate Loan on any Drawdown Date, as described in (S)5.5 hereof (any
such Bank described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) is hereinafter referred
to as an "Affected Bank"), the Borrower may request that the Non-Affected Banks
          -------------
acquire all, but not less than all, of the Affected Bank's outstanding Revolving
Credit Loans and assume all, but not less than all, of the Affected Bank's
Commitment. If the Borrower so requests, one or more of the Non-Affected Banks
may, in their sole and absolute discretion, elect to acquire all or any portion
of the Affected Bank's outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and to assume all or
any portion of the Affected Bank's Commitment. If the Non-Affected Banks do not
elect to acquire and assume all of the Affected Bank's outstanding Revolving
Credit Loans and Commitment, the Borrower may designate a replacement bank or
banks, which must be an Eligible Assignee and satisfactory to the Agent, to
acquire and assume that portion of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and
Commitment of the Affected Bank not being acquired and assumed by the Non-
Affected Banks. The provisions of (S)19 hereof shall apply to all reallocations
pursuant to this (S)5.11, and the Affected Bank and any Non-Affected Banks
and/or replacement banks which are to acquire the Revolving Credit Loans and
Commitment of the Affected Bank shall execute and deliver to the Agent, in
accordance with the provisions of (S)19 hereof, such Assignments and Acceptances
and other instruments as are required pursuant to (S)19 hereof to give effect to
such reallocations.  On the effective date of the applicable Assignments and
Acceptances, the Borrower shall pay to the Affected Bank all interest accrued on
its Revolving Credit Loans up to but excluding such date, along with any fees
and any other amounts payable to such Affected Bank hereunder up to but
excluding such date.  In addition, the Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank
and to hold each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense
(including loss of anticipated profits) that such Bank may sustain or incur as a
result of any assignment contemplated by this (S)5.11.

                                 6. GUARANTY.
                                    --------   

        6.1.  Guaranties of Holdings Companies. The Obligations shall be
              --------------------------------  
guaranteed by each of the Holdings Companies (other than the Borrower and
DecisionOne Canada) pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -30-


          6.2.  New Subsidiaries. In the event that any new Subsidiary of any of
                ----------------
the Holdings Companies is formed or acquired after the Closing Date, such new
Subsidiary shall, immediately upon becoming a Subsidiary, become a party to the
Guaranty, pursuant to which such Subsidiary guarantees all of the Obligations to
the Agent and the Banks; provided, however, the provisions of this (S)6.2 shall
                         --------  -------
not apply to any Subsidiary incorporated and doing substantially all of its
business in any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America.

                      7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
                         ------------------------------

          The Borrower and Holdings hereby represent and warrant to the Banks
and the Agent as follows:

           7.1. Corporate Authority.
                -------------------

                  7.1.1. Incorporation; Good Standing. Each of the Holdings
                         ----------------------------
           Companies (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
           in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, (b)
           has all requisite corporate power to own its property and conduct its
           business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (c) is
           in good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized to
           do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is
           necessary except where a failure to be so qualified would not have a
           materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
           condition of the Holdings Companies.

                  7.1.2. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance
                         -------------
           of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which any of
           the Holdings Companies is or is to become a party and the
           transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the
           corporate authority of such Person, (b) have been duly authorized by
           all necessary corporate proceedings, (c) do not conflict with or
           result in any breach or contravention of any provision of law,
           statute, rule or regulation to which any of the Holdings Companies is
           subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit
           applicable to any of the Holdings Companies or any manner which would
           have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
           condition of the Holdings Companies and (d) do not conflict with any
           provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of, or any agreement or
           other material instrument binding upon, any of the Holdings
           Companies.

                  7.1.3. Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this
                         --------------
           Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which any of the
           Holdings Companies is or is to become a party will result in valid
           and legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable against it
           in accordance with the respective terms and provisions hereof and
           thereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy,
           insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or
           affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and except
           to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance
           or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before
           which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -31-


        7.2. Governmental Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance by
             ------------ ---------   
the Holdings Companies of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
which such Holdings Company is or is to become a party and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby do not require the approval or consent of, or
filing with, any governmental agency or authority other than those already
obtained, unless the failure to obtain such approval or consent or to complete
such filing would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
condition or assets of the Holdings Companies.

        7.3. Title to Properties; Leases. Except as indicated on Schedule 7.3
             ----- -- ----------- ------                         -------- ---
hereto, the Holdings Companies own all of the assets reflected in the
consolidated balance sheet of the Holdings Companies as at the Balance Sheet
Date or acquired since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise
disposed of in the ordinary course of business since that date), subject to no
rights of others, including any mortgages, leases, conditional sales agreements,
title retention agreements, liens or other encumbrances except Permitted Liens.

        7.4. Financial Statements and Projections
             --------- ----------     -----------   

                7.4.1. Financial Statements. There has been furnished to each of
                       -------------------- 
        the Banks an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Holdings
        Companies as at the Balance Sheet Date, and an audited consolidated
        statement of income of the Holdings Companies for the fiscal year then
        ended. Such balance sheet and statement of income have been prepared in
        accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and fairly
        present the financial condition of the Borrower as at the close of
        business on the date thereof and the results of operations for the
        fiscal year then ended. There are no contingent liabilities of Holdings
        or any of its Subsidiaries as of such date involving material amounts,
        known to the officers of the Borrower, which were not disclosed in such
        balance sheet and the notes related thereto.

                7.4.2. Projections. The Borrower have furnished to each of the
                       -----------
        Banks financial projections, including cash flow projections, for the
        period commencing on January 1, 1996 and ending on December 31, 2000.
        Such projections reflect the Borrower's good faith estimates of the
        expected financial performance of the Holdings Companies during such
        period.

        7.5. No Material Changes, etc. Since the Balance Sheet Date there has
             -- -------- -------- ---
occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition or business of
the Holdings Companies as shown on or reflected in the consolidated balance
sheet of the Holdings Companies as at the Balance Sheet Date, or the
consolidated statement of income for the fiscal year then ended, other than
changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had any materially
adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate on the business or
financial condition of the Holdings Companies. Since the Balance Sheet Date,
none of the Holdings Companies other than Holdings has made any Distributions,
and Holdings has only made those Distributions described in the Form S-1
Registration Statement filed in connection with the Holdings IPO, and since the
Closing Date, none of the Holdings Companies has made any Distributions except
as permitted by (S)9.4 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -32-

        7.6. Franchises, Patents, Copyrights etc. Except as set forth on
             ----------- -------- ---------- ---   
Schedule 7.6 hereto, each of the Holdings Companies possesses all franchises,
- -------- ---
patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights
in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of its business
substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others.

        7.7. Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 7.7 hereto, there are
             ----------                         -------- ---
no actions, suits proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or, to the
best of Holdings' or the Borrower's knowledge, threatened against any of the
Holdings Companies before any court, tribunal or administrative agency or board
that, if adversely determined, might, either in any case or in the aggregate,
materially adversely affect the properties, assets, financial condition,
prospects or business of the Holdings Companies or materially impair the right
of the Holdings Companies, considered as a whole, to carry on business
substantially as now conducted by them, or result in any substantial liability
not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate reserves are not
maintained on the consolidated balance sheet of the Holdings Companies, or which
question the validity of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

        7.8. No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc. Neither the Borrower nor
             -- ---------- ------- ---------- ---   
Holdings, nor any of their Subsidiaries is subject to any charter, corporate or
other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation that
has or is expected in the future to have a materially adverse effect on the
business, assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies. Neither the
Borrower, Holdings nor any of their Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or
agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of the Borrower's officers,
to have any materially adverse effect on the business of the Holdings Companies.

        7.9.  Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws. etc. Neither the
              ---------- ---- ----- ------------ ---- 
Borrower nor Holdings, nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any
provision of its charter documents, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to
which it may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or
any decree, order, judgment, statute, license, rule or regulation, in any of the
foregoing cases in a manner that could result in the imposition of substantial
penalties or materially and adversely affect the financial condition, properties
or business of the Holdings Companies.

        7.10. Tax Status. The Holdings Companies (a) have made or filed all
              --- ------  
federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations
required by any jurisdiction to which any of them is subject, unless the failure
to so file would not have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or
financial condition of the Holdings Companies, (b) have paid all taxes and other
governmental assessments and charges shown or determined to be due on such
returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings and (c) have set aside on their books provisions
reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the
periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. Except as set
forth on Schedule 7.10 hereto, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount
         -------- ----
claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers
of the Borrower know of no basis for any such claim.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -33-

     7.11.  No Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and
            -- ----- -- -------
is continuing.

     7.12.  Holding Company and Investment Company Acts. None of the Holdings
            ------- ------- --- ---------- ------- ----
Companies is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", or an affiliate" of a "holding company", as such terms are defined in
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; nor is it an "investment
company", or an "affiliated company" or a "principal underwriter" of an
"investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940.

     7.13.  Liens.
            -----

             7.13.1.  Absence of Financing Statements. No financing statement
                      ------- -- --------- ----------
     which names any of the Holdings Companies as a debtor has been filed in any
     jurisdiction in the United States or any State thereof pursuant to Article
     9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any State, and none of the Holdings
     Companies has signed any financing statement or any security agreement
     authorizing any secured party thereunder to file any such financing
     statement in any such jurisdiction, except for notice filings by lessors of
     personal property or equipment under operating leases, and otherwise as
     permitted by (S)9.2 hereof.

             7.13.2.  No Mortgages; Etc. No mortgages, chattel mortgages,
                      -- ---------  ---
     assignments, statements of assignment, security agreements or deeds of
     trust have been filed by any person or persons with respect to any part of
     the property or assets of any of the Holdings Companies, except for
     mortgages and security agreements permitted by the provisions of (S)9.2
     hereof.

     7.14.  Other Representations. Each of the representations and warranties
            ----- ---------------
made by each of the Holdings Companies in any of the Loan Documents was true and
correct in all material respects when made and continues to be true and correct
in all material respects on the Closing Date, except to the extent that any of
such representations and warranties relate, by the express terms thereof, solely
to a date falling prior to the Closing Date, and except to the extent that any
of such representations and warranties may have been affected by the
consummation of the transactions contemplated and permitted or required by the
Loan Documents.

     7.15.  Certain Transactions. Except for arm's length transactions pursuant
            ------- ------------
to which any of the Holdings Companies makes payments in the ordinary course of
business upon terms no less favorable than such Holdings Company could obtain
from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of any of the
Holdings Companies is presently a party to any transaction with the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and
directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for
the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal
property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer,
director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any corporation,
partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such
employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or
partner.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -34-

     7.16.  Employee Benefit Plans.
            -------- ------- -----

             7.16.1.  In General. Each Employee Benefit Plan has been maintained
                      -- -------
     and operated in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of
     ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited to
     the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions. The Borrower
     has heretofore delivered to the Agent the most recently completed annual
     report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, and actuarial statement
     required to be submitted under (S)103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each
     Guaranteed Pension Plan.

             7.16.2.  Terminability of Welfare Plans. The Borrower may terminate
                      ------------- -- ------- -----
     each Employee Benefit Plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to the
     expiration of any applicable bargaining agreement) in the discretion of the
     Borrower without liability to any of the Holdings Companies, except such
     Employee Benefit Plans the termination of which would not cause a
     materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of
     the Holdings Companies.

             7.16.3.  Guaranteed Pension Plans. Each contribution required to be
                      ---------- ------- -----
     made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be made to avoid the
     incurrence of an accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or lien
     provisions of (S)302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been timely made. No
     waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension of amortization
     periods has been received with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan.  No
     liability to the PBGC (other than required insurance premiums, all of which
     have been paid) has been incurred by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
     with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan and there has not been any
     ERISA Reportable Event, or any other event or condition which presents a
     material risk of termination of any Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC.
     Based on the latest valuation of each Guaranteed Pension Plan (which in
     each case occurred within twelve months of the date of this
     representation), and on the actuarial methods and assumptions employed for
     that valuation, the aggregate benefit liabilities of all such Guaranteed
     Pension Plans within the meaning of (S)4001 of ERISA did not exceed the
     aggregate value of the assets of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans,
     disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and assets of any
     Guaranteed Pension Plan with assets in excess of benefit liabilities, by
     more than $3,000,000.

             7.16.4.  Multiemployer Plans. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
                      ------------- -----
     Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including secondary
     liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial
     withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under (S)4201 of ERISA or as a
     result of a sale of assets described in (S)4204 of ERISA. Neither the
     Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified that any Multiemployer
     Plan is in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of
     (S)4241 or (S)4245 of ERISA or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to
     terminate or has been terminated under (S)404 1A of ERISA.

     7.17.  Regulations U and X. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans
            ----------- - --- -
shall be used to refinance the existing Indebtedness to the Prior Lenders under
the Prior Credit Agreement, for working capital and general corporate purposes,
which may include
<PAGE>
 
                                     -35-

Acquisitions permitted by (S)9.5.  The Borrower will obtain Letters of Credit
solely for working capital and general corporate purposes. No portion of any
Revolving Credit Loan is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is
to be obtained, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security"
or "margin stock" as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

     7.18.  Environmental Compliance. The Borrower has taken all necessary steps
            ------------- ----------
to investigate the condition and past and present usage of the Real Estate and
the operations conducted thereon and, based upon such diligent investigation,
has determined that:

             (a) except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 hereto, none of the
                                        -------- ----
     Holdings Companies or any operator of the Real Estate or any operations
     thereon is in violation, or alleged violation, of any judgment, decree,
     order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to environmental
     matters, including without limitation, those arising under the Resource
     Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental
     Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended ("CERCLA"), the
     Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA"), the Federal
     Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control
     Act, or any state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree
     relating to health, safety or the environment (hereinafter "Environmental
     Laws"), which violation would have a material adverse effect on the
     business, assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies;

             (b) except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 hereto, neither the
                                        -------- ----
     Borrower nor any of the other Holdings Companies has received notice from
     any third party including, without limitation, any federal, state or local
     governmental authority, (a) that any one of them has been identified by the
     United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a potentially
     responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the
     National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (b) that any
     hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. (S)6903(5), any hazardous
     substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. (S)9601(14), any pollutant or
     contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. (S)9601(33) and any toxic substances,
     oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances regulated by
     any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous Substances") which any one of them has
     generated, transported or disposed of has been found at any site at which a
     federal, state or local agency or other third party has conducted or has
     ordered that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries conduct a remedial
     investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any
     Environmental Law; or (c) that it is or shall be a named party to any
     claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative
     proceeding (in each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third
     party's incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind
     whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances;

             (c) except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 attached hereto: (a) no
                                        -------- ----
     portion of the Real Estate has been used for the handling, processing,
     storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances and no underground tank or
     other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on
     any portion of the Real Estate
<PAGE>
 
                                      -36-

     except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws except where any
     such noncompliance with applicable Environmental Laws would not have a
     material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of
     the Holdings Companies; (b) in the course of any activities conducted by
     the Holdings Companies or operators of its properties, no Hazardous
     Substances have been generated or are being used on the Real Estate except
     in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where any such
     noncompliance with applicable Environmental Laws would not have a material
     adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
     Holdings Companies, (c) there have been no releases (i.e. any past or
     present releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying,
     discharging, injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping) or threatened
     releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the properties of
     the Holdings Companies, which releases would have a material adverse effect
     on the business, assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies;
     (d) to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, there have been no releases
     on, upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real
     Estate which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to
     be located on, and which would have a material adverse effect on business,
     assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies; and (e) in
     addition, any Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the
     Real Estate have been transported, treated or disposed of as required under
     applicable Environmental Laws, except where any such noncompliance with
     applicable Environmental Laws would not have a material adverse effect on
     the business, assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies; and

             (d) None of the Holdings Companies or any of the Real Estate is
     subject to any applicable environmental law requiring the performance of
     Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the removal or remediation of
     Hazardous Substances, or the giving of notice to any governmental agency or
     the recording or delivery to other Persons of an environmental disclosure
     document or statement by virtue of the transactions set forth herein and
     contemplated hereby.

     7.19.  Subsidiaries, etc. As of the Closing Date, except for those
            ------------  ---
Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 7.19 attached hereto, the Borrower and Holdings
                       -------- ----
own or hold of record and/or beneficially (whether directly or indirectly) no
shares of any class in the capital of any other corporations and no legal and/or
beneficial interests in any partnership, business trust or joint venture or in
any other unincorporated trade or business enterprise.  Schedule 7.19 contains a
                                                        -------- ----
complete list of all such Subsidiaries and sets forth the authorized capital of
all classes of the capital stock of each such Subsidiary on the date hereof,
together with the ownership of all of the issued and outstanding shares of each
such class.

     7.20.  Chief Executive Offices.  As of the Closing Date, the Borrower's
            ----- --------- -------
chief executive office is at 50 East Swedesford Road, Frazer, Pennsylvania
19355, at which location its books and records are kept.

     7.21.  Fiscal Year. Each of the Holdings Companies has a fiscal year which
            ------ ----
is the twelve (12) months ending on June 30 of each year.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -37-

     7.22.  Disclosure No representation or warranty made by any of the Holdings
            ---------- 
Companies in this Credit Agreement or in any agreement, instrument, document,
certificate, statement or letter furnished to the Agent or any Bank by or on
behalf of in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by any of the
Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained
therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made.

     7.23.  Insurance. Each of the Holdings Companies maintains with financially
            ---------
sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and
businesses against such casualties and contingencies as are in accordance with
sound business practices, with the details of such coverage being more fully
described on Schedule 7.23 hereto.
             -------- ----

     7.24.  Repayment of Subordinated Debt. The Borrower has repaid in full the
            --------- -- ------------ ----
Subordinated Notes.

     7.25.  Consummation of IPO. The Holdings IPO is effective, the Holdings IPO
            ------------ -- ---
Amount was not less than $100,000,000 and Holdings contributed the Holdings IPO
Amount to the Borrower.

   8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS.
      ----------- --------- -- --- -------- --- --------

     Each of the Borrower and Holdings covenants and agrees that, so long as any
Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or
Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any
Revolving Credit Loans or the LC Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or
renew any Letters of Credit:

     8.1.  Punctual Payment. The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or cause
           -------- -------
to be paid the principal and interest on the Revolving Credit Loans, all
Reimbursement Obligations, the Letter of Credit Fees, the Commitment Fees and
all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which the Borrower or any of the Holdings Companies is a party, all
in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan
Documents.

     8.2.  Maintenance of Office. The Borrower will maintain its chief executive
           ----------- -- ------
office at 50 East Swedesford Road, Frazer, Pennsylvania, or at such other place
in the United States of America as the Borrower shall designate upon thirty (30)
days prior written notice to the Agent, where notices, presentations and demands
to or upon the Borrower in respect of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower
is a party may be given or made.

     8.3.  Records and Accounts. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will (a)
           ------- --- --------
keep, and cause each of the Holdings Companies to keep, true and accurate
records and books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be
made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (b)
maintain adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes),
depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and amortization of its properties and the
properties of its Subsidiaries, contingencies, and other reserves.

     8.4.  Financial Statements, Certificates and Information. The Borrower will
           --------- ----------  ------------ --- -----------
deliver to each of the Banks:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -38-

     (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90)
days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, the consolidated balance
sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the consolidating balance sheet of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries, each as at the end of such year, and the related
consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow and
consolidating statement of income and consolidating statement of cash flow for
such year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year and all such consolidated and consolidating statements to be in
reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied and certified (as to consolidated statements) by
an independent certified public accountant or firm or independent public
accountants selected by the Borrower and approved by the Agent, which opinion is
unqualified except for a qualification for a change in accounting principles
with which the independent public accountant concurs together with a written
statement from such accountants to the effect that they have read a copy of this
Credit Agreement, and that, in making the examination necessary to said
certification, in the normal course of conducting such examination, they have
obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, or, if such
accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any then existing Default or Event
of Default they shall disclose in such statement any such Default or Event of
Default; provided that such accountants shall not be liable to the Banks for
         --------
failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default;

     (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45)
days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of Holdings, copies of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as at the
end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statement of income and
consolidated statement of cash flow for the portion of Holdings's fiscal year
then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, together with a certification by the principal
financial or accounting officer of the Borrower that the information contained
in such financial statements fairly presents the financial position of the
Holdings Companies on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

     (c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after
the end of each of the first two months in each fiscal quarter of Holdings
unaudited monthly consolidated balance sheets and statements of income and of
charges in financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such month,
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  together
with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of the
Borrower that the information contained in such financial statements fairly
presents the financial condition of Holdings on the date thereof (subject to
year-end adjustments);

     (d) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred
to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement certified by the principal
financial or accounting officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of
Exhibit C hereto (the "Compliance Certificate") and setting forth in reasonable
- ------- -
detail computations evidencing compliance with the covenants contained in (S)10
and (if applicable)
<PAGE>
 
                                      -39-

reconciliations to reflect changes in generally accepted accounting principles
since the Balance Sheet Date;

     (e) at the time of delivery of each quarterly and annual statement, an
Officer's Certificate, stating that such officer has caused this Credit
Agreement to be reviewed and has no knowledge of any Default or Event or Default
by the Borrower in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of
this Credit Agreement, during such month or quarter or at the end of such year,
or, if such officer has such knowledge, specifying each Default or Event of
Default and the nature thereof;

     (f) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all management letters of
substance and other material reports of substance which are submitted to
Holdings and/or the Borrower by its independent accountants in connection with
any annual or interim audit of the books of Holdings or the Borrower made by
such accountants;

     (g) as soon as practicable but, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days
after the issuance thereof, copies of all other financial statements and reports
as either Holdings or the Borrower shall send to any of its stockholders as
such, and copies of all regular and periodic reports which Holdings or the
Borrower may be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or
any similar or corresponding federal or state governmental commission,
department or agency substituted therefor;

     (h) from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Agent, projections
of Holdings and its Subsidiaries updating those projections delivered to the
Banks and referred to in (S)7.4.2 or, if applicable, updating any later such
projections delivered in response to a request pursuant to this (S)8.4(h);

     (i) by not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal
year, the budget of the Holdings Companies for the next fiscal year; and

     (j) from time to time such other financial data and information as the
Agent or any Bank, requesting through the Agent, may reasonably request.

8.5.  Notices.
      -------

     8.5.1.  Defaults. Each of the Borrower and Holdings will promptly notify
             --------
the Agent and each of the Banks in writing of the occurrence of any Default or
Event of Default. If any Person shall give any notice or take any other action
in respect of a claimed default (whether or not constituting an Event of
Default) under this Credit Agreement or any other note, evidence of
indebtedness, indenture or other obligation to which or with respect to which
any of the Holdings Companies is a party or obligor, whether as principal,
guarantor, surety or otherwise, and such claimed default relates to any
obligation in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of
$5,000,000 the Borrower and Holdings shall forthwith give written notice thereof
to the Agent and each of the Banks, describing the notice or action and the
nature of the claimed default.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -40-

          8.5.2.  Environmental Events. Each of the Borrower and Holdings will
                  ------------- ------
     promptly give notice to the Agent and each of the Banks (a) of any
     violation of any Environmental Law that any of the Holdings Companies
     reports in writing or is reportable by such Person in writing (or for which
     any written report supplemental to any oral report is made) to any federal,
     state or local environmental agency and (b) upon becoming aware thereof, of
     any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action, including a notice
     from any agency of potential environmental liability, of any federal, state
     or local environmental agency or board, that has the potential to
     materially affect the assets, liabilities, financial conditions or
     operations of the Holdings Companies.

          8.5.3.  Notice of Litigation and Judgments. Each of the Borrower and
                  ------ -- ---------- --- ---------
     Holdings will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to
     the Agent and each of the Banks in writing within fifteen (15) days of
     becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or
     any pending litigation and proceedings affecting any of the Holdings
     Companies or to which is or becomes a party involving an uninsured claim
     against that could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse
     effect on the Holdings Companies and stating the nature and status of such
     litigation or proceedings. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
     Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Agent and each of the Banks, in
     writing, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent, within ten (10) days
     of any judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against any
     of the Holdings Companies in an amount in excess of $5,000,000.

     8.6.  Corporate Existence: Maintenance of Properties. Except as permitted
           --------- ---------  ----------- -- ----------
by (S)9.5, each of the Borrower and Holdings will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence, rights and franchises and those of its Subsidiaries and will not, and
will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, convert to a limited
liability company. Each (a) will cause all of its properties and those of its
Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of
its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working
order and supplied with all necessary equipment, (b) will cause to be made all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof,
all as in the judgment of the Borrower may be necessary so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted
at all times, and (c) will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue
to engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by them and in related
businesses; provided that nothing in this (S)8.6 shall prevent the Borrower or
            --------
Holdings from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its
properties or any of those of its Subsidiaries if such discontinuance is, in the
judgment of the Borrower, desirable in the conduct of its or their business and
that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the business of the
Holdings Companies on a consolidated basis.

     8.7.  Insurance. The Borrower and Holdings will, and will cause each of its
           ---------
Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers
insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties
and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general practices of
businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas and in
amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods as may be
reasonable and prudent.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -41-

     8.8.  Taxes. Each of the Borrower and Holdings will, and will cause each of
           -----
its Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged,
before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and other
governmental charges imposed upon it and its real properties, sales and
activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as
well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law
become a lien or charge upon any of its property; provided that any such tax,
                                                  --------
assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount
thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and if such Holdings Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves
with respect thereto; and provided further that each of the Holdings Companies
                          -------- -------
will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims forthwith upon
the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may have attached as
security therefor.

     8.9.  Inspection of Properties and Books. etc.
           ---------- -- ---------- --- -----  ---

          8.9.1.  General. Each of the Borrower and Holdings shall permit the
                  -------
     Banks, through the Agent or any of the Banks' other designated
     representatives, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Holdings
     Companies to examine the books of account of (and to make copies thereof
     and extracts therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts
     of the Holdings Companies with, and to be advised as to the same by, its
     and their officers, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent
     or any Bank may reasonably request. The Banks and the Agent agree that they
     will treat in confidence all financial information with respect to the
     Holdings Companies, and all information obtained during such inspection
     which is designated by the Borrower as confidential and will not, without
     the consent of the Borrower, disclose such information to any third party
     and, if any representative or agent of the Banks or the Agent shall not be
     an employee of one of the Banks or the Agent or any affiliate of the Banks
     or the Agent, such designee shall be reputable and of recognized standing
     and shall agree in writing to treat in confidence the information obtained
     during any such inspection and, without the prior written consent of the
     Borrower, not to disclose such information to any third party or make use
     of such information for personal gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each
     of the Borrower and Holdings hereby authorizes each of the Agent and the
     Banks to disclose information obtained pursuant to this Credit Agreement to
     banks or other financial institutions who are purchasers, assignees,
     participants or potential purchasers, assignees or participants in the
     Revolving Credit Loans or Letters of Credit made or to be made or purchased
     hereunder (which purchasers, assignees, participants, potential purchasers,
     potential assignees or potential participants shall be required to keep
     such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof) and
     where required or requested by governmental or regulatory authorities or in
     or as part of any judicial or administrative proceeding; provided, however,
                                                              --------  -------
     that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
     Agent or any Bank shall be enforcing or pursuing any of its remedies
     hereunder, any restriction on access or disclosure contained in this
     (S)8.9.1 shall be inapplicable and of no force or effect.

          8.9.2.  Communications with Accountants. Each of the Borrower and
                  -------------- ---- ----------- 
     Holdings authorizes the Agent and, if accompanied by the Agent, the Banks
     to communicate directly with the Borrower's independent certified public
     accountants
<PAGE>
 
                                      -42-

     and authorizes such accountants to disclose to the Agent and the Banks any
     and all financial statements and other supporting financial documents and
     schedules including copies of any management letter with respect to the
     business, financial condition and other affairs of Holdings Companies. At
     the request of the Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a letter addressed to
     such accountants instructing them to comply with the provisions of this
     (S)8.9.2

     8.10.  Compliance with Laws. Contracts, Licenses, and Permits. Each of the
            ---------- ---- ----  ---------- --------- --- -------
Borrower and Holdings will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply
with (a) the applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is conducted,
including all Environmental Laws unless such noncompliance would not have a
material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
Holdings Companies, (b) the provisions of its charter documents and by-laws, (c)
all agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties may be bound
unless such noncompliance would not have a material adverse effect on the
business, assets or financial condition of the Holdings Companies and (d) all
applicable decrees, orders, and judgments. If any authorization, consent,
approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or instrumentality of any
government shall become necessary or required in order that any of the Holdings
Companies may fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or any of the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party, the Borrower will, or (as the case may be)
will cause such Subsidiary to, immediately take or cause to be taken all
reasonable steps within the power of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to obtain
such authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Agent
and the Banks with evidence thereof.

     8.11.  Employee Benefit Plans. The Borrower will (a) within ten (10) days
            -------- ------- -----
of the request of the Agent, furnish to the Agent a copy of the most recent
actuarial statement required to be submitted under (S)103(d) of ERISA and Annual
Report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, in respect of each Guaranteed
Pension Plan and (b) within ten (10) days of receipt or dispatch, furnish to the
Agent any notice, report or demand sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed
Pension Plan under (S)(S)302, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of
ERISA, or in respect of a Multiemployer Plan, under (S)(S)4041A, 4202.4219,
4242, or 4245 of ERISA.

     8.12.  Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving
            --- -- --------
Credit Loans solely to refinance existing Indebtedness to the Prior Lenders
under the Prior Credit Agreement, for working capital and general corporate
purposes, which may include Acquisitions permitted by (S)9.5. The Borrower will
obtain Letters of Credit solely for working capital and general corporate
purposes.

     8.13.  Fair Labor Standards Act. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will,
            ---- ----- --------- ---
and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, at all times operate its business
in compliance with all material applicable provisions of the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 1938, as amended. None of the inventory of Holdings, the
Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries are or will be produced by employees of
(a) Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or (b) to the best
knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries, by employees
of suppliers, who are, in each case, employed in violation of the minimum wage
or maximum hour provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. (S)(S)206
and 207) or any regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case, as in effect
from time to time.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -43-

     8.14.  Further Assurances. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will
            ------- ----------
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Banks and the Agent and
execute such further instruments and documents as the Banks or the Agent shall
reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the transactions
contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS.
   ------- -------- --------- -- --- -------- --- --------

     Each of the Borrower and Holdings covenants and agrees that, so long as any
Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or
Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any
Revolving Credit Loans or the LC Agent has any obligations to issue, extend or
renew any Letters of Credit:

     9.1.  Restrictions on Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings will
           ------------ -- ------------
nor will any of them permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume,
guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any
Indebtedness other than:

            (a) Indebtedness to the Banks and the Agent arising under this
     Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

            (b) current liabilities of the Holdings Companies incurred in the
     ordinary course of business not incurred through (i) the borrowing of
     money, or (ii) the obtaining of credit except for credit on an open account
     basis customarily extended and in fact extended in connection with normal
     purchases of goods and services;

            (c) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental
     charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies and
     liabilities under employee benefit plans, including pension plans, to the
     extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be required to be made
     in accordance with the provisions of (S)8.8, or to the extent that the
     amount, applicability, or validity thereof is actively contested by any
     Holdings Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves have been set
     aside on the books of such Decision Company or its Subsidiaries (segregated
     to the extent required by generally accepted accounting principles and
     practices) reasonably deemed by Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary
     and the Agent to be adequate with respect thereto;

            (d) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have been in
     force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as
     execution is not levied thereunder or in respect of which the Holdings
     Companies shall at the time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or
     proceedings for review and in respect of which a stay of execution shall
     have been obtained pending such appeal or review;

            (e) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and
     warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary
     course of business;

            (f) obligations under Capitalized Leases not exceeding $10,000,000
     in aggregate amount at any time outstanding provided that the aggregate
                                                 --------
     amount of all payments due and payable in any fiscal year by the Decision
     Companies pursuant to
<PAGE>
 
                                      -44-

     non-cancellable operating leases, rental agreements or other similar
     contracts shall not exceed $40,000,000 and provided, further, that the
                                                --------  -------
     aggregate amount of all payments due and payable in any Indebtedness
     Reference Period (as hereinafter defined) by the Decision Companies
     pursuant to non-cancellable operating leases, rental agreements or other
     similar contracts shall not exceed $80,000,000 (exclusive of payments due
     and payable in an amount not to exceed $40,000,000 pertaining to non-
     cancellable operating leases of the Borrower). For the purposes of this
     (S)9.1(f), the term "Indebtedness Reference Period" shall mean, for any
     fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the period
     of four fiscal years of the Borrower beginning on the first day of such
     fiscal year;

          (g) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition after the
     date hereof of any real or personal property by the Borrower or such
     Subsidiary, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such
                 --------
     Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the
     aggregate amount of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year;

          (h) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed and described
     on Schedule 9.1 hereto;
        -------- ---

          (i) Intercompany Indebtedness (i) to any of the Holdings Companies so
     long as such Holdings Company has guaranteed the Obligations; and (ii)
     Indebtedness of DecisionOne Canada to any of the other Holdings Companies,
     provided the amount of such Indebtedness of DecisionOne Canada does not
     --------
     exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

          (j) Indebtedness incurred in connection with performance bonds
     obtained by any of the Holdings Companies in the ordinary course of
     business, if so required to be obtained by any customer;

          (k) unsecured public Indebtedness of the Borrower not otherwise
     permitted hereunder provided that (i) the aggregate amount of all such
     Indebtedness does not exceed, in the aggregate, $150,000,000 at any time;
     (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
     exist as a result of the Borrower incurring such Indebtedness; (iii) the
     Borrower has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Bank Agents, based on
     a pro forma Compliance Certificate, compliance with (S)10 hereof on a pro
     forma basis immediately prior to and for the subsequent period of twelve
     (12) months after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness; (iv) at
     the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness the weighted average life
     and final maturity of such Indebtedness must be greater than six months
     after the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date; provided, however in no
                                                    --------  -------
     event shall more than forty percent (40%) of the principal amount of such
     Indebtedness become due and payable to the holder of such Indebtedness
     prior to six (6) months after the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date; (v)
     such Indebtedness does not contain terms and conditions which are more
     onerous to the Borrower than the terms and conditions contained herein and
     does not contain affirmative or negative covenants more restrictive to the
     Borrower than contained herein; and (vi) such Indebtedness is a single draw
     term loan and not a revolving credit loan;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -45-

          (l) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with any Acquisition
     permitted by (S)9.5.1 hereof to the seller of the assets being acquired,
     provided, that (i) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness permitted
     --------
     by this (S)9.1(l) does not exceed, in the aggregate, $50,000,000 at any
     time; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
     would exist as a result of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; (iii) such
     Indebtedness does not contain terms and conditions which are more onerous
     to the Borrower than the terms and conditions contained herein and does not
     contain affirmative or negative covenants more restrictive to the Borrower
     than contained herein; and (iv) such Indebtedness is comprised of term
     loans and not revolving credit loans; and

          (m) unsecured private Indebtedness of the Borrower not otherwise
     permitted hereunder and incurred pursuant to a private placement of
     unsecured notes to institutional lenders, provided that (i) the aggregate
     amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed, in the aggregate,
     $50,000,000 at any time; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred
     and is continuing or would exist as a result of the Borrower incurring such
     Indebtedness; (iii) the Borrower has demonstrated to the satisfaction of
     the Bank Agents, based on a pro forma Compliance Certificate, compliance
     with (S)10 hereof on a pro forma basis immediately prior to and for the
     period of twelve (12) months after giving effect to such incurrence of
     Indebtedness; (iv) at the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness the
     weighted average life and final maturity of such Indebtedness must be
     greater than six months after the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date;
     provided, however in no event shall more than forty percent (40%) of the
     --------  -------
     principal amount of such Indebtedness become due and payable to the holder
     of such Indebtedness prior to six (6) months after the Revolving Credit
     Loan Maturity Date; (v) such Indebtedness does not contain terms and
     conditions which are more onerous to the Borrower than the terms and
     conditions contained herein, does not contain affirmative or negative
     covenants more restrictive to the Borrower than contained herein and the
     terms and conditions of such Indebtedness have been approved in writing by
     the Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent and the LC Agent;
     and (vi) such Indebtedness is a single draw term loan and not a revolving
     credit loan;

provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this (S)9.1, the
- --------  -------
total principal amount of all Indebtedness outstanding under clauses (k), (l)
and (m) of this (S)9.1 shall not at any time exceed $150,000,000 in the
aggregate at any one time outstanding.

     9.2.  Restrictions on Liens. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will not,
           ------------ -- -----
and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (a) create or incur or suffer
to be created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge,
charge, restriction or other security interest of any kind upon any of its
property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or
upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) transfer any of such property or
assets or the income or profits therefrom for the purpose of subjecting the same
to the payment of Indebtedness or performance of any other obligation in
priority to payment of its general creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an
option to acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title
retention or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (d)
suffer to exist for a period of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall
have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it
<PAGE>
 
                                      -46-

that if unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be
given any priority whatsoever over its general creditors; or (e) sell, assign,
pledge or otherwise transfer any accounts, contract rights, general intangibles,
chattel paper or instruments, with or without recourse; provided that they may
                                                        --------
create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

          (a) liens in favor of the Borrower on all or part of the assets of
     Subsidiaries of the Borrower securing Indebtedness owing by Subsidiaries of
     the Borrower to the Borrower;

          (b) liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government charges in
     respect of obligations not overdue or liens on properties to secure claims
     for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue;

          (c) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment
     of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or
     other social security obligations;

          (d) liens on properties in respect of judgments or awards, the
     Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by (S)9.1(d);

          (e) liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and
     materialmen, and other like liens on properties, in existence less than 120
     days from the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not
     overdue or which are being contested in good faith, and for which adequate
     reserves have been made;

          (f) encumbrances on Real Estate consisting of easements, rights of
     way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and
     defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or lessor's
     liens under leases to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower is
     a party, and other minor liens or encumbrances none of which in the opinion
     of the Borrower interferes materially with the use of the property affected
     in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and their
     Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a
     materially adverse effect on the business of the Holdings Companies on a
     consolidated basis;

          (g) liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 9.2
                                                              -------- ---
     hereto;

          (h) purchase money security interests in or purchase money mortgages
     on real or personal property acquired after the date hereof to secure
     purchase money Indebtedness of the type and amount permitted by (S)9.1(g),
     incurred in connection with the acquisition of such property, which
     security interests or mortgages cover only the real or personal property so
     acquired;

          (i) lessor's liens arising in connection with any sale-lease-back
     transactions in an aggregate amount not exceeding the amount permitted by
     (S)9.1(g) hereof and purchase money security interests in or purchase money
     mortgages on real or personal property acquired after the date hereof to
     secure Indebtedness of the type and in aggregate amount not exceeding the
     amount permitted by (S)9.1(g) hereof,
<PAGE>
 
                                      -47-

     incurred in connection with the acquisition of such property, which
     lessor's liens, security interests or mortgages cover only the real or
     personal property so acquired, provided, that the aggregate amount of the
                                    --------
     Indebtedness secured by such lessor's liens, security interests or
     mortgages shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 100% of the purchase price or
     present value of rental payments, and (ii) the book value on the books of
     the relevant Decision Company of the property so acquired;

          (j) first liens on assets disposed of pursuant to (S)9.5, in favor of
     the purchasers thereof,

          (k) purchase money liens securing Indebtedness permitted under
     (S)9.1(g) hereof, and

          (I) first liens on inventory subject to lease, the lease relating to
     which has been disposed of pursuant to (S)9.5.2, in favor of the purchaser
     of such lease; and

          (m) liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the
     Agent under the Loan Documents.

     9.3.  Restrictions on Investments. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings will
           ------------ -- -----------
and neither will permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or
to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in:

          (a) marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States
     of America that mature within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase by
     the Borrower;

          (b) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptance,
     repurchase agreements and time deposits that mature within thirty (30) days
     from the date of purchase of United States banks having total assets in
     excess of $1,000,000,000;

          (c) securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by a
     corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
     America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been rated
     and the ratings for which are not less than "P 1" if rated by Moody's
     Investors Services, Inc., and not less than "A 1" if rated by Standard and
     Poor's;

          (d) Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 9.3
                                                                    -------- ---
     hereto;

          (e) Investments with respect to Indebtedness permitted by (S)9.1(i) so
     long as such entities remain Subsidiaries of the Borrower;

          (f) Investments consisting of the Guaranty and Investments by the
     Borrower in Subsidiaries of the Borrower existing on the Closing Date;

          (g) Investments consisting of promissory notes received as proceeds of
     asset dispositions permitted by (S)9.5.2;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -48-

          (h) shares of capital stock of or other Investments in any of the
     Decision Subsidiaries which are parties to the Guaranty;

          (i) shares of any so-called "money market fund", provided that such
                                                           --------
     fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, has net assets
     of at least $500,000,000 and has an investment portfolio with an average
     maturity of 365 days or less; and

          (j) Investments permitted by (S)9.5.1.

     9.4.  Distributions. The Borrower, Holdings and their respective
           -------------
Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make Distributions so long as no Default or
Event of Default exists at the time of such Distribution or would result
therefrom.

     9.5.  Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets.
           ------- ------------- --- ----------- -- ------

          9.5.1.  Mergers and Acquisitions. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings
                  ------- --- ------------
     will, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become a party to
     any merger or consolidation, or agree to or affect any asset acquisition or
     stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary
     course of business consistent with past practices) except, so long as no
     Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (a) the merger
     or consolidation of one or more of the Holdings Companies (other than
     Holdings or the Borrower) with and into any other Holdings Company, so long
     as if the merger involves the Borrower, the Borrower is the survivor; and
     (b) the acquisition, whether through purchase of stock or assets of a
     complete or partial ownership interest in any Person which is engaged in
     providing hardware and/or software maintenance or repair services, or
     engaged in any personal computer networking service or engaged in any
     personal computer sale or brokerage service, provided, (i) the Borrower has
                                                  --------
     provided the Agent with fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice of
     such acquisition, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed
     description of such acquisition; (ii) the Person or business to be acquired
     would not subject the Banks or any Bank Agent to regulatory or third party
     approvals in connection with any exercise of its rights and remedies under
     the Loan Documents; (iii) the aggregate purchase price (including cash
     paid, Indebtedness incurred to the seller and Indebtedness assumed in such
     acquisition) for all acquisitions consummated in any period of twelve (12)
     consecutive months does not exceed $100,000,000 in such year; (iv) in the
     event the aggregate purchase price for any one acquisition or a series of
     related acquisitions exceeds $25,000,000, the Borrower has demonstrated to
     the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank Agents, based on a pro forma
                                                                --- -----
     Compliance Certificate, compliance with (S)10 on a pro forma basis
                                                        --- -----
     immediately prior to and after giving effect to such acquisition; and 
     (v) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result after giving
     effect to such acquisition (each such acquisition pursuant to this clause
     (b) being referred to as an "Acquisition").

          9.5.2.  Disposition of Assets. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings will,
                  ----------- -- ------
     nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become a party to or
     agree to or effect any disposition of assets, provided, however, so long as
                                                   --------  -------
     no Default or Event of
<PAGE>
 
                                      -49-



     Default has occurred and is continuing, the Holdings Companies shall be
     permitted to agree to or effect the disposition of assets consisting of (a)
     the sale or lease of inventories, the license of software and the
     disposition and replacement of obsolete equipment, in each case in the
     ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices; (b) sales to
     third-party finance companies of all or any part of any Decision Company's
     rights as lessor or seller under any lease of, or installment sales
     contract relating to, any inventory of such Decision Company, and sales to
     such third-party finance companies of inventory subject to any such lease
     or installment sales contract; provided, that all such sales are on an
                                    --------
     arm's-length basis and are on terms that provide that such Decision
     Company's liability thereunder is limited solely and in all events (except
     as to customary representations, warranties and indemnities as to title,
     corporate authority, equipment performance, maintenance services,
     intellectual property rights, validity of lease or sale documentation, and
     the like) to recourse against the inventory that is the subject of such
     lease or installment sales contract (it being understood, for the purposes
     of implementing this (S)9.5.2 (b), that the Borrower may request the
     Majority Banks to approve in writing a standard form of agreement or
     agreements with respect to such transactions and that, upon such approval
     by the Majority Banks (and until receipt by the Borrower of further written
     notice from the Majority Banks withdrawing such approval), an agreement or
     agreements in such form shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of
     this (S)9.5.2 (b), (c); any other sale or disposition of assets of the
     Decision Companies in an aggregate amount not to exceed, for the Decision
     Companies considered as a whole, $5,000,000 in any fiscal year; (d) the
     sale and leaseback of repairable spare parts, and the assignment and
     license-back of software, in each case solely between two or more Decision
     Companies; and (e) the sale of the Menomenee Falls, Wisconsin real property
     owned by the Borrower.

     9.6.  Sale and Leaseback. Except as expressly permitted by the terms of
           ---- --- ---------
this Credit Agreement, neither the Borrower nor Holdings will, nor will they
permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or
indirectly, whereby any of the Holdings Companies shall sell or transfer any
property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such property or lease
other property that any of the Holdings Companies intends to use for
substantially the same purpose as the property being sold or transferred, other
than the real property referred to in (S)9.5.2(e).

     9.7.  Compliance with Environmental Laws. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings
           ---------- ---- ------------- -----
will, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (a) use any of the Real
Estate or any portion thereof for the storage or disposal of Hazardous
Substances except in compliance in all material respects with applicable
Environmental Laws, (b) cause or permit to be located on any of the Real Estate
any underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous
Substances, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate
except in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental
Laws, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any
manner so as to cause a release (i.e. releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping,
pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
disposing or dumping) or threatened release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or
into the Real Estate except in material compliance with applicable Environmental
Laws or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real Estate or
<PAGE>
 
                                      -50-

use any Real Estate in any manner that would violate any Environmental Law or
bring such Real Estate in violation of any Environmental Law.

     9.8.  Capitalization. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings will, nor will they
           --------------
permit any of their Subsidiaries to amend, supplement or otherwise modify the
terms of any of the Capitalization Documents; provided, however, so long as no
                                              --------  -------
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Holdings and any of
the Decision Subsidiaries shall be permitted to amend its certificate of
incorporation (a) if such an amendment is of an immaterial or ministerial nature
or if such amendment would not have any adverse effect on the Bank Agents' or
the Banks' rights or interests under the Loan Documents or the Borrower's or
Holdings' obligations under the Loan Documents; (b) to allow it to issue
additional common stock on substantially the same terms as the common stock
existing on the Closing Date; and (c) to allow it to issue shares of Preferred
Stock so long as the terms of such Preferred Stock do not contain any mandatory
redemption provisions which would require a mandatory redemption prior to or on
the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, or other terms which could have any
adverse effect on the Bank Agents' or the Banks' rights or interests under the
Loan Documents or the ability of Holdings or any of the Decision Subsidiaries to
perform their respective obligations under the Loan Documents.

     9.9.  Employee Benefit Plans. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate
           -------- ------- -----
will

          (a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of
     (S)406 of ERISA or (S)4975 of the Code which could result in a material
     liability for the Holdings Companies; or

          (b) permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an "accumulated
     funding deficiency", as such term is defined in (S)302 of ERISA, whether or
     not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

          (c) fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an extent
     which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner which, could
     result in the Imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the assets of the
     Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to (S)302(f) or (S)4068 of
     ERISA; or

          (d) permit or take any action which would result in the aggregate
     benefit liabilities (with the meaning of (S)4001 of ERISA) of all
     Guaranteed Pension Plans exceeding the value of the aggregate assets of
     such Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and
     assets of any such Plan with assets in excess of benefit liabilities, by
     more than the amount set forth in (S)8.16.3.

     9.10.  Fiscal Year. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will change the date
            ------ ----
of the end of their respective fiscal years from that set forth in (S)8.21
hereof.

     9.11.  Negative Pledges. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will enter into
            -------- -------
any agreement (excluding this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents)
prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien upon its properties, revenues
or assets or those of any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired other than agreements with Persons prohibiting any such lien on assets
in which such Person has a prior security interest which is permitted by (S)9.2.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -51-

     9.12.  Transactions with Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower
            ------------ ---- ----------
will, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into, or cause,
suffer or permit to exist (a) any arrangement or contract with any of its other
Affiliates of a nature customarily entered into by Persons which are Affiliates
of each other (including management or similar contracts or arrangements
relating to the allocation of revenues, taxes and expenses or otherwise)
requiring any payments to be made by any of the Holdings Companies to any
Affiliate unless such arrangement is fair and equitable to such Holdings Company
or (b) any other transaction, arrangement, contract with any of their other
Affiliates which would not be entered into by a prudent Person in the position
of such Holdings Company, or which is on terms which are less favorable than are
obtainable from, any Person which is not one of its Affiliates.

     9.13.  Upstream Limitations. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, and
            -------- -----------
they will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to enter into any agreement,
contract or arrangement (other than the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents) restricting the ability of any Subsidiary to pay or make dividends or
distributions in cash or kind, to make loans, advances or other payments of
whatsoever nature or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of
its assets to the Borrower.

     9.14.  Inconsistent Agreements. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor
            ------------ ----------
will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement
containing any provision which would be violated or breached by the performance
by any of the Holdings Companies of its obligations hereunder or under any of
the Loan Documents.

     9.15.  Additional Shares. Neither the Borrower nor Holdings will at any
            ---------- ------
time, nor will either of them cause or permit any of their Subsidiaries at any
time to, issue any shares of any class of capital stock of any Decision Company
without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.

     9.16.  Decision  Switzerland. Holdings  will  not  cause  or  permit
            --------  -----------
Decision Switzerland to engage in any business or own or acquire any assets
other than Intercompany Indebtedness, a certain rebate receivable in respect of
the United Kingdom advance corporation tax existing as of the date hereof and
the funds constituting the Swiss Account Amount.

                    10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.
                        --------- --------- -- --- --------

     Each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any
Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Revolving Credit Note
is outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans
or the LC Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of
Credit:

     10.1.  Interest Coverage Test. Commencing with Reference Period ending on
            -------- -------- ----
the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1996, the Borrower and
Holdings will not, as of the end of any Reference Period, permit the ratio of
(a) EBITDA for such period less Capital Expenditures for such period to (b)
Consolidated Total Interest Expense for such Reference Period to be less than
5.50:1.00.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -52-

     10.2.  Consolidated Net Worth. The Borrower and Holdings will not permit
            ------------ --- -----
Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (a) $149,634,625
plus (b) on a cumulative basis, fifty percent (50%) of positive Consolidated Net
- ----
Income for each fiscal quarter beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30,
1996.

     10.3.  Debt Ratio. The Borrower and Holdings will not permit the Debt Ratio
            ---- -----
at the end of any fiscal quarter to be greater than 0.65:1.00 for such period.

                            11. CLOSING CONDITIONS.
                                ------- ----------

     The obligations of the Banks to make the initial Revolving Credit Loans and
of the LC Agent to issue any initial Letters of Credit shall be subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.

     11.1.  Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly
            ---- ---------
executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force
and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Banks.
Each Bank shall have received a fully executed copy of each such document.

     11.2.  Certified Copies of Charter Documents. Each of the Banks shall have
            --------- ------ -- ------- ---------
received from each of the Holdings Companies a copy, certified by a duly
authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the Closing Date,
of each of (a) its charter or other incorporation documents as in effect on such
date of certification, and (b) its by-laws as in effect on such date.

     11.3.  Corporate Action. All corporate action necessary for the valid
            --------- ------
execution, delivery and performance each of the Holdings Companies of this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to become a
party shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof
satisfactory to the Banks shall have been provided to each of the Banks.

     11.4.  Incumbency Certificate. Each of the Banks shall have received an
            ---------- -----------
incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a duly
authorized officer of each of the Holdings Companies and giving the name and
bearing a specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized: (a) to
sign, in the name and on behalf of each such Holdings Companies, each of the
Loan Documents to which such Holdings Company is or is to become a party; (b) in
the case of the Borrower, to make Loan Requests and Conversion Requests and to
apply for Letters of Credit; and (c) to give notices and to take other action on
its behalf under the Loan Documents.

     11.5.  UCC Search Results. The Agent shall have received the results of UCC
            --- ------ -------
searches indicating no liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

     11.6.  Certificates of Insurance. The Agent shall have received (a) a
            ------------ -- ---------
certificate of insurance from an independent insurance broker dated as of the
Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, and
policy terms, and otherwise describing
<PAGE>
 
                                     -53-

the insurance obtained and (b) certified copies of all policies evidencing such
insurance (or certificates therefore signed by the insurer or an agent
authorized to bind the insurer).

     11.7.  Solvency Certificate. Each of the Banks shall have received an
            -------- -----------
officer's certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Closing Date as to the
solvency of the Holdings Companies following the consummation of the
transactions contemplated herein and in form and substance satisfactory to the
Banks.

     11.8.  Opinion of Counsel. Each of the Banks and the Agent shall have
            ------- -- -------
received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Banks and the Agent, dated
as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the
Agent, from Vincent M. Dadamo, Esq., counsel to the Holdings Companies.

     11.9.  Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid to the Banks or the
            ------- -- ----
Agent, as appropriate, the fees pursuant to (S)5.1.

     11.10.  Disbursement Instructions. The Agent shall have received
             ------------ ------------
disbursement instructions from the Borrower, with respect to proceeds of the
initial Revolving Credit Loan.

     11.11.  Termination of Commitments under Prior Credit Agreement. The
             ----------- -- ----------- ----- ----- ------ ---------
Commitments (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) of the Prior Lenders have
been permanently terminated, and all amounts owing to the Prior Lenders have
been indefeasibly repaid in full, in cash.

                       12. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.
                           ---------- -- --- ----------

     The obligations of the Banks to make any Revolving Credit Loan, and of the
LC Agent to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, in each case whether on
or after the Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions precedent:

     12.1.  Representations True: No Event of Default. Each of the
            --------------------  -- ----- -- -------
representations and warranties of each of the Holdings Companies contained in
this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument
delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall be true
as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of
the time of the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or the issuance, extension
or renewal of such Letter of Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as
of that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions
contemplated or permitted by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the
aggregate are not materially adverse, and to the extent that such
representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date) and no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

     12.2.  No Legal Impediment. No change shall have occurred in any law or
            -- ----- ----------
regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion
of any Bank would make it illegal for such Bank to make such Revolving Credit
Loan or to participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of
Credit or in the reasonable opinion of
<PAGE>
 
                                     -54-

the LC Agent would make it illegal for the LC Agent to issue, extend or renew
such Letter of Credit.

     12.3.  Governmental Regulation. Each Bank shall have received such
            ------------ ----------
statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such
Bank shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations
of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

     12.4.  Proceedings and Documents. All proceedings in connection with the
            ----------- --- ---------
transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in
form to the Banks and to the Agent and the Agent's Special Counsel, and the
Banks, the Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such
counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the
Agent may reasonably request.

          13.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT: ACCELERATION: ETC.
               ------ -- -------- ------------- ----

     13.1.  Events of Default and Acceleration. If any of the following events
            ------ -- ------- --- ------------
("Events of Default" or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is
required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, "Defaults") shall occur:

            (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Revolving
     Credit Loans or any Reimbursement Obligation when the same shall become due
     and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date
     of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;

            (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Revolving
     Credit Loans, the Commitment Fee, any Letter of Credit Fee, the Agent's 
     fee, or sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,
     within three (3) days after the same shall become due and payable, whether
     at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at
     any other date fixed for payment;

            (c) either of the Borrower or Holdings shall fail to comply with 
     any of its covenants contained in (S)(S)8.1, 8.2, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.9, 8.12,
     8.14, (S)9 or 10;

            (d) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform 
     any term covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan
     Documents (other than those specified elsewhere in this (S)13.1) for
     fifteen (15) days after written notice of such failure has been given to
     the Borrower by the Agent;

            (e) any representation or warranty of any of the Holdings 
     Companies in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in
     any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection
     with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have been false in any material
     respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made or repeated;

            (f) any of the Holdings Companies shall fail to pay at maturity, or
     within any applicable period of grace, any obligation for borrowed money or
     credit received or in respect of any Capitalized Leases, or fail to observe
     or perform any 
<PAGE>
 
                                     -55-

     material term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it
     is bound, evidencing or securing borrowed money or credit received or in
     respect of any Capitalized Leases individually or in the aggregate in
     excess of $5,000,000 for such period of time as would permit (assuming the
     giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof or
     of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof;

          (g) any of the Holdings Companies shall make an assignment for the
     benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay or generally
     fail to pay its debts as they mature or become due, or shall petition or
     apply for the appointment of a trustee or other custodian, liquidator or
     receiver of it or of any substantial part of the assets of any of the
     Holdings Companies or shall commence any case or other proceeding relating
     to under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency,
     readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any
     jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to
     authorize or in furtherance of any of the foregoing, or if any such
     petition or application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding
     shall be commenced against and shall indicate its approval thereof; consent
     thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or application shall not
     have been dismissed within forty-five (45) days following the filing
     thereof;

          (h) a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee,
     custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating bankrupt or insolvent, or
     approving a petition in any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or
     order for relief is entered in respect of any of the Holdings Companies in
     an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter
     constituted;

          (i) there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and
     unstayed, for more than thirty days, whether or not consecutive, any final
     judgment against any of the Holdings Companies that, with other outstanding
     final judgments, undischarged, against any of the Holdings Companies
     exceeds in the aggregate $1,000,000;

          (j) if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled, terminated,
     revoked or rescinded otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or
     with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Banks,
     or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to
     cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced by
     or on behalf of any of the Holdings Companies party thereto or any of their
     respective stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or
     regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a
     determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the
     effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or
     unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

          (k) with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, an ERISA Reportable
     Event shall have occurred and the Majority Banks shall have determined in
     their reasonable discretion that such event reasonably could be expected to
     result in liability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC
     or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000
     and such event in the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -56-

     circumstances occurring reasonably could constitute grounds for the
     termination of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the
     appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to
     administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been
     appointed by the United States District Court to administer such Plan; or
     the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed
     Pension Plan;

          (l) any of the Holdings Companies shall be enjoined, restrained or in
     any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or
     regulatory agency from conducting any material part of its business and
     such order shall continue in effect for more than thirty (30) days;

          (m) there shall occur any material damage to, or loss, theft or
     destruction of, any assets of any of the Holdings Companies, whether or not
     insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act
     of God or public enemy, or other casualty, which in any such case causes,
     for more than fifteen (15) consecutive days, the cessation or substantial
     curtailment of revenue producing activities at any facility of any of the
     Holdings Companies if such event or circumstance is not covered by business
     interruption insurance and would have a material adverse effect on the
     business or financial condition of the Holdings Companies;

          (n) there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of; or
     failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by
     any of the Holdings Companies if such loss, suspension, revocation or
     failure to renew would have a material adverse effect on the business or
     financial condition of the Holdings Companies;

          (o) any of the Holdings Companies shall be indicted for a state or
     federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall otherwise have been
     brought against any of the Holdings Companies, the punishment for which in
     any such case could include the forfeiture of any assets but having a fair
     market value in excess of $100,000;

          (p) Holdings shall at any time, legally or beneficially own less than
     100% of the capital stock of the Borrower;

          (q) any Person other than an Investor shall at any time, be a legal or
     beneficial owner (within the meaning used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, as amended) of more than 25% of the outstanding shares of the common
     stock of Holdings;

          (r) at any time individuals who were directors of Holdings on the
     Closing Date shall cease, for any reason, to constitute a majority of the
     board of directors of Holdings (except to the extent that individuals who
     were directors on the Closing Date were replaced by individuals (i) elected
     by a majority of the remaining
<PAGE>
 
                                     -57-

     members of the board of directors of Holdings or (ii) nominated for
     election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors
     of Holdings); or

          (s) Holdings or any other guarantor thereunder shall purport to revoke
     the Guaranty or assert that it has no obligations thereunder.

then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Agent
may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice in writing to
the Borrower declare all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement,
the Revolving Credit Notes and the other Loan Documents and all Reimbursement
Obligations to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due
and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that in the
                                                          --------
event of any Event of Default specified in (S)(S)13.1(g) or 14.1(h), all such
amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any
requirement of notice from the Agent or any Bank.

     13.2.  Termination of Commitments. If any one or more of the Events of
            --------------------------
Default specified in (S)13.1(g) or (S)13.1(h) shall occur, any unused portion of
the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the Banks shall be
relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans to the
Borrower and the Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue,
extend or renew Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, or if any Drawdown Date or other date for issuing,
extending or renewing any Letter of Credit the conditions precedent to the
making of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date or (as the
case may be) to issuing, extending or renewing such Letter of Credit on such
other date are not satisfied, the Agent may and, upon the request of the
Majority Banks, shall, by notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion
of the credit hereunder, and upon such notice being given such unused portion of
the credit hereunder shall terminate immediately and each of the Banks shall be
relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans and the LC
Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew
Letters of Credit. No termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve any of
the Holdings Companies of any of the Obligations.

     13.3.  Remedies. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall
            --------
have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have
accelerated the maturity of the Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to (S)13.1,
each Bank, if owed any amount with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans or the
Reimbursement Obligations, may, with the consent of the Majority Banks but not
otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action
at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of
any covenant or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Bank are
evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the 
ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due,
- -- -----
by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other
legal or equitable right of such Bank. No remedy herein conferred upon any Bank
or the Agent or the holder of any Revolving Credit Note or purchaser of any
Letter of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy
and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be
<PAGE>
 
                                     -58-

in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing
at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

     13.4.  Distribution of Proceeds. In the event that, following the
            ------------ -- ---------
occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the
Agent or any Bank, as the case may be, receives any monies with respect to the
enforcement of any of their remedies under any of the Loan Documents, such
monies shall be distributed for application as follows:

          (a) First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the
     reimbursement of the Agent for or in respect of all reasonable costs,
     expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or
     sustained by the Agent in connection with the collection of such monies by
     the Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Agent of all
     or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Agent under
     this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in support of
     any provision of adequate indemnity to the Agent against any taxes or liens
     which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Agent
     to such monies;

          (b) Second, to all other Obligations in such order or preference as
     the Majority Banks may determine; provided, however, that distributions in
                                       --------  -------
     respect of Obligations owing to the Banks with respect to each type of
     Obligation such as interest, principal, fees and expenses, shall be made
     among the Banks pro rata; and provided, further, that the Agent may in its
                     --- ----      --------  -------
     discretion make proper allowance to take into account any Obligations not
     then due and payable; and

          (c) Third, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrower or to
     such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

                                  14. SETOFF.
                                      ------

     Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the continuance of any
Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the
Banks to Holdings or the Borrower and any securities or other property of
Holdings or the Borrower in the possession of such Bank may be applied to or set
off by such Bank against the payment of Obligations and any and all other
liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due,
now existing or hereafter arising, of Holdings or the Borrower to such Bank.
Each of the Banks agrees with each other Bank that (a) if an amount to be set
off is to be applied to Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower to such Bank,
other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes held by such
Bank or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Bank, such amount
shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness
evidenced by all such Revolving Credit Notes held by such Bank or constituting
Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Bank, and (b) if such Bank shall receive
from the Borrower or Holdings or otherwise in respect of the Revolving Credit
Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of
the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim
evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes held by, or constituting Reimbursement
Obligations owed to such Banks by proceedings against the Borrower or Holdings
at law or
<PAGE>
 
                                     -59-


in equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation,
receivership or similar proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to
the payment of the Revolving Credit Note or Revolving Credit Notes held by, or
Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such Bank any amount in excess of its ratable
portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect to the
Revolving Credit Notes held by, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all of
the Banks, such Bank will make such disposition and arrangements with the other
Banks with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto
                                                                  ---------
assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Bank
receiving in respect of the Revolving Credit Notes held by it or Reimbursement
obligations owed it, its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Credit
Agreement; provided that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter
           --------
recovered from such Bank, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded
and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

                                 15. THE AGENT.
                                     ----------

     15.1.  Authorization.
            --------------

         (a) Each of the Bank Agents and the Agent is authorized to take such
     action on behalf of each of the Banks and to exercise all such powers as
     are hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents and any related
     documents delegated to each of the Bank Agents and the Agent, together with
     such powers as are reasonably incident thereto, provided that no duties or
                                                     --------
     responsibilities not expressly assumed herein or therein shall be implied
     to have been assumed by the Agent.

          (b) The relationship between each of the Bank Agents and the Agent and
     each of the Banks is that of an independent contractor. The use of the
     terms "Bank Agents," Documentation Agent", "Syndication Agent",
     "Administrative Agent" and "Agent" is for convenience only and is used to
     describe, as a form of convention, the independent contractual relationship
     between each of the Bank Agents and the Agent and each of the Banks.
     Nothing contained in this Credit Agreement nor the other Loan Documents
     shall be construed to create an agency, trust or other fiduciary
     relationship between each of the Bank Agents and the Agent and any of the
     Banks.

         (c) As an independent contractor empowered by the Banks to exercise
     certain rights and perform certain duties and responsibilities hereunder
     and under the other Loan Documents, each of the Bank Agents and the Agent
     is nevertheless a "representative" of the Banks, as that term is defined in
     Article 1 of the Uniform Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the
     benefit of the Banks and the Agent with respect to all collateral security
     and guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents. Such actions include the
     designation of the Agent as "secured party", "mortgagee" or the like on all
     financing statements and other documents and instruments, whether recorded
     or otherwise, relating to the attachment, perfection, priority or
     enforcement of any security interests, mortgages or deeds of trust in
     collateral security intended to secure the payment or performance of any of
     the Obligations, all for the benefit of the Banks and the Agent.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -60-

     15.2.  Employees and Agents. Each of the Bank Agents and the Agent may
            --------- --- ------
exercise its powers and execute its duties by or through employees or agents and
shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to its rights and duties under this Credit Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.

     15.3.  No Liability. Neither the Bank Agents, the Agent nor any of its
            -- ----------
shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting
them in their duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any
waiver, consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken,
in good faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,
or in connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences
of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that each of the Bank
Agents and the Agent or such other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for
losses due to its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

     15.4.  No Representations. Each of the Bank Agents and the Agent shall not
            -- ---------------
be responsible for the execution or validity or enforceability of this Credit
Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Letters of Credit, any of the other
Loan Documents or for the validity, enforceability or collectability of any such
amounts owing with respect to the Revolving Credit Notes, or for any recitals or
statements, warranties or representations made herein or in any of the other
Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by
or on behalf of any of the Holdings Companies, or be bound to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions,
covenants or agreements herein or to inspect any of the properties, books or
records of any of the Holdings Companies. Each of the Bank Agents and the Agent
shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request
delivered to it by the Borrower or any holder of any of the Revolving Credit
Notes shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and complete. The
Agent has not made nor does it now make any representations or warranties,
express or implied, nor does it assume any liability to the Banks, with respect
to the credit worthiness or financial conditions of any of the Holdings
Companies. Each Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based upon such information and
documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Credit Agreement.

     15.5.  Payments.
            --------

         15.5.1.  Payments to Agent. A payment by the Borrower to the Agent
                  -------- -- ----- 
     hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank
     shall constitute a payment to such Bank. The Agent agrees promptly to
     distribute to each Bank such Bank's pro rata share of payments received by
                                         --- ----
     the Agent for the account of the Banks except as otherwise expressly
     provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.

         15.5.2.  Distribution by Agent. If in the opinion of the Agent the
                  ------------ -- -----
     distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under
     the Revolving Credit Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might
     involve it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its
     right to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of
     competent jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge
     that any amount received and
<PAGE>
 
                                     -61-

     distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such
     distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Agent its
     proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay
     over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by
     such court.

          15.5.3.  Delinquent Banks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                   ---------- -----
     contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any
     Bank that fails (a) to make available to the Agent its pro rata share of
                                                            --- ----
     any Revolving Credit Loan or to purchase any Letter of Credit Participation
     or (b) to comply with the provisions of (S)14 with respect to making
     dispositions and arrangements with the other Banks, where such Bank's share
     of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of
     its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Banks, in
         --- ----
     each case as, when and to the full extent required by the provisions of
     this Credit Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent (a "Delinquent Bank") and
     shall be deemed a Delinquent Bank until such time as such delinquency is
     satisfied. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have assigned any and all
     payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on account of outstanding
     Revolving Credit Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees or
     otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent Banks for application to, and
     reduction of; their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Revolving
                                    --- ----
     Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. The Delinquent Bank
     hereby authorizes the Agent to distribute such payments to the
     nondelinquent Banks in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of
                                                           --- ----
     all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations.  A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a
     delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the assigned
     payments to all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations of the nondelinquent Banks, the Banks' respective pro rata
                                                                   --- ----
     shares of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement
     Obligations have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such
     delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such
     delinquency.

     15.6.  Holders of Revolving Credit Notes. The Agent may deem and treat the
            ------- -- --------- ------ -----
payee of any Revolving Credit Note or the purchaser of any Letter of Credit
Participation as the absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof
until it shall have been furnished in writing with a different name by such
payee or by a subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.

     15.7.  Indemnity. The Banks ratably agree hereby to indemnify and hold
            ---------
harmless the Bank Agents and the Agent from and against any and all claims,
actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs,
expenses (including any expenses for which the Bank Agents and the Agent has not
been reimbursed by the Borrower as required by (S)16), and liabilities of every
nature and character arising out of or related to this Credit Agreement, the
Revolving Credit Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions
contemplated or evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Bank Agents' or the Agent's
actions taken hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same
shall be directly caused by the Bank Agents' or the Agent's willful misconduct
or gross negligence.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -62-

     15.8.  Agent as Bank. In its individual capacity, FNBB shall have the same
            ----- -- ----
obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its
Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans made by it, and as the holder of any
of the Revolving Credit Notes and as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit
Participations, as it would have were it not also the LC Agent and the
Syndication Agent. In its individual capacity Nations shall have the same
obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its
Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans made by it, and as the holder of any
of the Revolving Credit Notes and as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit
Participations, as it would have were it not also the Agent.

     15.9.  Resignation. The Agent may resign at any time by giving sixty (60)
            -----------
days prior written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such
resignation, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent. Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, such successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.
If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and
shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a financial institution
having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's
Corporation. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,
and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation, the provisions of this Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit
in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting
as Agent.

     15.10.  Notification of Defaults and Events of Default. Each Bank hereby
             ------------ -- -------- --- ------ -- -------
agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Default or an Event of Default,
it shall promptly notify the Agent thereof. The Agent hereby agrees that upon
receipt of any notice under this (S)15.10 it shall promptly notify the other
Banks of the existence of such Default or Event of Default.

     15.11.  Duties in the Case of Enforcement. In case one or more Events of
             ------ -- --- ---- -- -----------
Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration
of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Agent shall, if (a) so requested by
the Majority Banks and (b) the Banks have provided to the Agent such additional
indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as the Agent may
reasonably request, proceed to exercise all or any such other legal and
equitable and other rights or remedies as it may have under the Loan Documents.
The Majority Banks may direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the
extent of any enforcement, the Banks hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold the
Agent, harmless from all liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or
omitted in accordance with such directions, provided that the Agent need not
                                            --------
comply with any such direction to the extent that the Agent reasonably believes
the Agent's compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially
unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.

     15.12.  Duties of Documentation Agent. The Documentation Agent as such
             ------ -- ------------- -----
shall have no duties or responsibilities to the Holdings Companies, the Banks or
any of the Bank Agents hereunder.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -63-


                                 16. EXPENSES.
                                     --------

     The Borrower and Holdings jointly and severally agree to pay (a) the
reasonable costs of producing and reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other
Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, 
(b) except to the extent provided in (S)5.2.2, any taxes (including any interest
and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Bank Agents or any of the Banks
(other than taxes based upon any Bank Agent's or any Bank's net income) on or
with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement (the
Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Bank Agents and each Bank with respect
thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent's
Special Counsel or any local counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with
the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and
other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, and amendments,
modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, (d) the fees,
expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred by the Agent in connection with
the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and
other instruments mentioned herein, including all title insurance premiums and
surveyor, engineering and appraisal charges, (e) all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs,
which attorneys may be employees of any Bank or the Bank Agents, and reasonable
consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banking and similar professional
fees and charges) incurred by any Bank or any Bank Agent in connection with 
(i) the enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents
against or the administration thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event
of Default and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising
hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to any Bank's or any Bank Agent's
relationship with any of the Holdings Companies; (f) all reasonable fees,
expenses and disbursements of any Bank or the Agent incurred in connection with
UCC searches; and (g) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any the
Bank Agents in connection with the syndication of this Credit Agreement. The
covenants of this (S)16 shall survive payment or satisfaction of all other
Obligations.

                              17. INDEMNIFICATION.
                                  ---------------

     The Borrower and Holdings jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold
harmless the Bank Agents and the Banks from and against any and all claims,
actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and
all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character
arising out of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation, (a) any actual
or proposed use by of the proceeds of any of the Revolving Credit Loans or
Letters of Credit, (b) entering into or performing this Credit Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents or (c) with respect to any of the Holdings Companies
and their respective properties and assets, the violation of any Environmental
Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge,
emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances or any
action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to
any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to, claims with respect to
wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property), in each case including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and
allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such
investigation, litigation or other proceeding; provided, however, the Holdings
                                               --------  -------
Companies
<PAGE>
 
                                     -64-

shall not be required to indemnify any Person for any claims, actions, suits,
liabilities, losses, damages or expenses arising solely out of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Person seeking to be indemnified, nor
shall they be required to indemnify any Bank for any claims, actions, suits,
liabilities, losses, damages or expenses arising solely out of disputes between
the Banks which do not in any manner involve the Borrower. In litigation, or the
preparation therefor, the Banks and the Bank Agents shall be entitled to select
their own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower
agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and
to the extent that the obligations of the Borrower and Holdings jointly and
severally under this (S)17 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower hereby
agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such
obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The covenants contained
in this (S)17 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other
Obligations.

                        18. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.
                            -------- -- ---------- ---

     All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in
the Revolving Credit Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any
documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of any of the Holdings
Companies pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks
and the Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by
any of them, and shall survive the making by the Banks of any of the Revolving
Credit Loans and the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as
herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any
Letter of Credit or any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Revolving
Credit Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the Agent has any
obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, and for such further
time as may be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement. All
statements contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Bank or
the Agent at any time by or on behalf of any of the Holdings Companies pursuant
hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall
constitute representations and warranties by any of the Holdings Companies.

                       19. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.
                           ---------- --- ------------- 

     19.1.  Conditions to Assignment by Banks. Except as provided herein, each
            ---------- -- ---------- -- -----
Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or
a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of
the Revolving Credit Loans at the time owing to it, the Revolving Credit Notes
held by it and its participating interest in the risk relating to any Letters of
Credit); provided that (a) each of the Agent and, unless a Default or Event of
         --------
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall have given its
prior written consent to such assignment, which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld, (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying,
percentage of all the assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this Credit
Agreement, (c) each assignment shall be in an amount that is a minimum of
$5,000,000, or, if such Bank's Commitment is less than $5,000,000, the amount of
such Bank's Commitment and (d) the parties to such assignment shall execute and
deliver to the Agent, for recording in the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -65-

Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially
in the form of Exhibit D hereto (an "Assignment and Acceptance"), together with
               ------- -
any Revolving Credit Notes subject to such assignment.   Upon such execution,
delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified
in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five
(5) Business Days after the execution thereof; (a) the assignee thereunder shall
be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance,
have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder, and (b) the assigning Bank
shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the Agent
of the registration fee referred to in (S)19.3, be released from its obligations
under this Credit Agreement.

     19.2.  Certain Representations and Warranties: Limitations: Covenants. By
            ------- --------------- --- ----------  -----------  ---------
executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to the
assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties
hereto as follows:

          (a) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal
     and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear
     of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no representation or
     warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility with respect to
     any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with
     this Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
     genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement or the other
     Loan Documents,

          (b) the assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty and assumes
     no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any of the
     Holdings Companies or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in
     respect of any of the Obligations, or the performance or observance by any
     of the Holdings Companies or any other Person primarily or secondarily
     liable in respect of any of the Obligations of any of their obligations
     under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other
     instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

          (c) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Credit
     Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements
     referred to in (S)7.4 and (S)8.4 and such other documents and information
     as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision
     to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

          (d) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the
     assigning Bank, the Agent or any other Bank and based on such documents and
     information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its
     own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Credit
     Agreement;

          (e) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible
     Assignee;

          (f) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
     action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Credit
     Agreement and the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -66-

     other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or
     thereof; together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

          (g) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their
     terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Credit Agreement are
     required to be performed by it as a Bank;

          (h) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
     authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; and

          (i) such assignee acknowledges that it has made arrangements with the
     assigning Bank satisfactory to such assignee with respect to its pro rata
                                                                      --- ----
     share of Letter of Credit Fees in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit.

     19.3.  Register. The Agent, acting for this purpose solely as agent of the
            --------
Borrower, shall maintain at the Agent's head office a copy of each Assignment
and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment
Percentage of, and principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans owing to and
Letter of Credit Participations purchased by, the Banks from time to time. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error,
and the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks shall treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register as the owner of a Loan or other obligation hereunder as
the owner thereof for all purposes of this Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, no assignment shall be effective
unless and until the Agent has recorded the appropriate Assignment and
Acceptance in the Register and such assignment otherwise complies with (S)19.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks at
any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Upon
each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees to pay to the Agent a
registration fee in the sum of $3,000, provided, however, in the case of an
                                       --------  -------
assignment to another Bank or to an affiliate of the transferor Bank, no such
registration fee shall be due and payable.

     19.4.  New Revolving Credit Notes. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and
            --- --------- ------ -----

Acceptance executed by the parties to such assignment, the Agent shall (a)
record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt
notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks (other than the assigning Bank).
Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its
own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent, an amendment to the
Revolving Credit Note affected by such assignment indicating the Assignment and
Acceptance.  Within five (5) days of issuance of any amendment to the Revolving
Credit Notes pursuant to this (S)19.4, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of
counsel, addressed to the Banks and the Agent, relating to the due
authorization, execution and delivery of such amendment and the legality,
validity and binding effect thereof; in form and substance satisfactory to the
Banks.

     19.5.  Participations. Each Bank may sell participations to one or more
            --------------
banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided
                                                                      --------
that (a) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties
of the selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower and (b) the only rights granted to
the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with
<PAGE>
 
                                     -67-

respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents shall be
the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that would reduce the
principal of or the interest rate on any Revolving Credit Loans, extend the term
or increase the amount of the Commitment of such Bank as it relates to such
participant, reduce the amount of any commitment fees or Letter of Credit Fees
to which such participant is entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment
date for principal or interest.

     19.6.  Disclosure. The Borrower agree that in addition to disclosures made
            ----------
in accordance with standard and customary banking practices any Bank may
disclose information obtained by such Bank pursuant to this Credit Agreement to
assignees or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder;
provided that such assignees or participants or potential assignees or
- --------
participants shall agree (a) to treat in confidence such information unless such
information otherwise becomes public knowledge, (b) not to disclose such
information to a third party, except as required by law or legal process and 
(c) not to make use of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated
to such contemplated assignment or participation.

     19.7.  Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrower. If any
            -------- -- ----------- ---------- ---- --- --------
assignee Bank is an Affiliate of the Borrower or Holdings, then any such
assignee Bank shall have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any of
the other Loan Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers or for
purposes of agreeing to amendments or other modifications to any of the Loan
Documents or for purposes of making requests to the Agent pursuant to (S)13.1 or
(S)13.2, and the determination of the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents be made without regard to such
assignee Bank's interest in any of the Revolving Credit Loans.  If any Bank
sells a participating interest in any of the Revolving Credit Loans or
Reimbursement Obligations to a participant, and such participant is either of
the Borrower or Holdings or an Affiliate of the Borrower or Holdings, then such
transferor Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the sale of such
participation.  A transferor Bank shall have no right to vote as a Bank
hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for purposes of granting
consents or waivers or for purposes of agreeing to amendments or modifications
to any of the Loan Documents or for purposes of making requests to the Agent
pursuant to (S)13.1 or (S)13.2 to the extent that such participation is
beneficially owned by the Borrower, Holdings or any Affiliate of the Borrower or
Holdings, and the determination of the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of
this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents be made without regard to the
interest of such transferor Bank in the Revolving Credit Loans to the extent of
such participation.

     19.8.  Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions. Any assigning Bank shall retain
            -----------------------------------
its rights to be indemnified pursuant to (S)16 with respect to any claims or
actions arising prior to the date of such assignment. If any assignee Bank is
not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees are payable
hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for its account, deliver to
the Borrower and the Agent certification as to its exemption from deduction or
withholding of any United States federal income taxes. If any Reference Bank
transfers all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Credit
Agreement, the Agent shall, in consultation with the Borrower and with the
consent of the Borrower and the Majority Banks, appoint another Bank to act as a
Reference Bank hereunder.  Anything
<PAGE>
 
                                     -68-

contained in this (S)19 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Bank may at any
time pledge all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Credit
Agreement (including all or any portion of its Revolving Credit Notes) to any of
the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized under (S)4 of the Federal Reserve
Act, 12 U.S.C. (S)341. No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release
the pledgor Bank from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents.

     19.9. Assignment by Borrower. The Borrower shall not assign or transfer any
           ---------- -- --------
of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the prior
written consent of each of the Banks.

                               20. NOTICES, ETC.
                                   -------- --- 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all
notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this
Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of Credit
Applications shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by
United States registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by
overnight courier, or sent by telegraph, telecopy, facsimile or telex and
confirmed by delivery via courier or postal service, addressed as follows:

          (a) if to any of the Holdings Companies, at 50 E. Swedesford Road,
     Frazer, Pennsylvania, Attention: R. Peter Zimmermann, Chief Financial
     Officer, or at such other address for notice as the Borrower shall last
     have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;

          (b) if to the Agent, at 901 Main Street, 67th Floor, Dallas, Texas
     75283-1000, Attention: Yousuf Omar, Senior Vice President, or such other
     address for notice as the Agent shall last have furnished in writing to the
     Person giving the notice; and

          (c) if to any of the Bank Agents or any Bank, at such Bank Agent's or
     such Bank's address set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, or such other address
                                      -------- -
     for notice as such Bank Agent or Bank shall have last furnished in writing
     to the Person giving the notice.

     Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made
and to have become effective (a) if delivered by hand, overnight courier or
facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is directed, at the
time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the sending of such facsimile and
(b) if sent by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the
third Business Day following the mailing thereof.

                               21. GOVERNING LAW.
                                   --------- --- 

     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED
THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
(EXCLUDING THE LAWS
<PAGE>
 
                                     -69-

     APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). EACH OF THE BORROWER AND
HOLDINGS AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR
ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH
OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT
BEING MADE UPON EACH OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS
SPECIFIED IN (S)20. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND HOLDINGS HEREBY WAIVES ANY
OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY
SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

                                 22. HEADINGS.
                                     --------

     The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference only
and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

                               23. COUNTERPARTS.
                                   ------------

     This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several
counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when
executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall
constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not be
necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the
party against whom enforcement is sought.

                           24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.
                               ------ ---------- --- 

     The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith
or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in
(S)26.

                           25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
                               ------ -- ---- ----- 

     Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby waives its right to a jury trial
with respect to any action or claim arising out of any dispute in connection
with this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents, any rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder or the performance
of such rights and obligations. Except as prohibited by law, each of Holdings
and the Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any
litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary,
punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to,
actual damages.  Each of Holdings and the Borrower (a) certifies that no
representative, agent or attorney of any Bank or the Agent has represented,
expressly or otherwise, that such Bank or the Agent would not, in the event of
litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the
Agent and the Banks have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers
and certifications contained herein.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -70-

                    26. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.
                        --------- ----------- -------- ----

     Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to
be given by all of the Banks may be given, and any term of this Credit
Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or
mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by any of the
Holdings Companies of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of
Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the
Borrower and the written consent of the Majority Banks. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any amendment to this (S)26, the rate of interest on the Revolving
Credit Notes (other than interest accruing pursuant to (S)5.10.2 following the
effective date of any waiver by the Majority Banks of the Default or Event of
Default relating thereto), the term or the principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Notes, the amount of the Commitments of the Banks, the date for payment
of principal, interest or fees, the release of any of the Guarantors (except for
the release of any Guarantor due to an action which is expressly permitted by
(S)(S)8.6 and 9.5.2 of the Credit Agreement) and the amount of commitment fees
or Letter of Credit Fees hereunder may not be changed without the written
consent of the Borrower and the written consent of each Bank; the definition of
Majority Banks may not be amended without the written consent of all of the
Banks; and the amount of the Agent's Fee or any Letter of Credit Fees payable
for the LC Agent's account and (S)15 may not be amended without the written
consent of the Agent. No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not
expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or
delay or omission on the part of the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right
shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto. No notice
to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to other or further
notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

                               27. SEVERABILITY.
                                   -------------

     The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one clause
or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part
in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only
such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not
in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any
other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.

                       (S)28. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS.

     28.1.  Prior Credit Agreement Superseded. This  Credit  Agreement  shall
            ---------------------------------
supersede the Prior Credit Agreement in its entirety.  On the Closing Date, each
of the "Revolving Credit Loans" (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement)
outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement on the Closing Date shall, for
purposes of this Credit Agreement, be Revolving Credit Loans, the "Term Loan"
(as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) outstanding under the Prior Credit
Agreement on the Closing Date shall, for purposes of this Credit Agreement, be
Revolving Credit Loans and each "Letter of Credit" (as defined in the Prior
Credit Agreement) outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement on the Closing
Date shall, for purposes of this Credit Agreement, be a Letter of Credit
hereunder, with the
<PAGE>
 
                                     -71-

Borrower, the Prior Lenders and the Banks making arrangements satisfactory to
the Agent for the repayment of any such Revolving Credit Loans and Terms Loan
(as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) to any of the Prior Lenders which are
not a Bank hereunder or to any Bank which reduces its Commitment hereunder from
its Commitment under the Prior Credit Agreement. In addition, upon the repayment
in full of all obligations owing to the Prior Lenders under the Prior Credit
Agreement, the Agent shall obtain from the Agent under the Prior Credit
Agreement and deliver to the Borrower all necessary UCC-3 termination statements
and other discharges as are necessary to discharge all liens, encumbrances and
security interests granted by any of the Holdings Companies in favor of the
Agent under the Prior Credit Agreement for the benefit of the Prior Lenders.
<PAGE>
 
                                     -72-


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit 
Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                                     DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP.
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                     By: /s/ R. Peter Zimmermann
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name: R. Peter Zimmermann
                                        Title: Vice President
                                  
                                     DECISIONONE CORPORATION
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                     By: /s/ R. Peter Zimmermann
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name: R. Peter Zimmermann
                                        Title: Vice President
                                  
                                     THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                     BOSTON, individually and as Syndication
                                     Agent and Letter of Credit Agent



                                     By: /s/ Jay L. Massina
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name: Jay L. Massina
                                        Vice President

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                     AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as
                                     Documentation Agent



                                     By: /s/ L. Dustin Vincent, II
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name: L. Dustin Vincent, II
                                        Title: Managing Director

                                     BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS



                                     By: /s/ L. Dustin Vincent, II
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name: L. Dustin Vincent, II
                                        Title: Managing Director


<PAGE>
 


                           [BLANK PAGE APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 7.3


                              Title to Properties
                              -------------------

     The Holdings Companies have entered into capital leases of personal
property from time to time in the ordinary course of business, primarily for
motor vehicles and computer equipment.
<PAGE>
 
Olga Brexel v. Decision Data Holdings Ltd.
- ------------------------------------------

In July of 1992, the plaintiff filed this action in the United States District
Court for the Eastern District of New York. The action is based upon the
plaintiff having sustained repetitive stress injury (right carpal tunnel
syndrome) as a result of her continued use of a keyboard and or keyboards over
the period of 1978 through 1990. Plaintiff alleges that these keyboards were
manufactured and sold by Decision Data, IBM and Wang.

Plaintiff is claiming the amount of $1.5 million for compensatory damages and
$10 million for punitive damages. This matter has been referred to Decision
Data's insurance carriers who have assigned an attorney to defend this action.

Plaintiff's theories of liability are the negligent failure to warn of hazards,
the negligent failure to test for these hazards and strict product liability.
This case is one of approximately 60 cases which have been consolidated for
discovery purposes in the Eastern District of New York against various equipment
manufacturers.

In November, 1992, the plaintiff also filed an action in the New York State
Supreme Court, based on the same allegations.

Larry Tolbert
- -------------

Mr. Tolbert was a trainee, but not an employee, under an arrangement among
Liberty Mutual Insurance, Case Management, Inc. (a rehabilitation consulting
company) and Econocom Services, Inc. The assets of Econocom were acquired by the
Company on February 1, 1993, and Mr. Tolbert informally stayed on as a trainee
with the Company until Mr. Tolbert left in August, 1993. Mr. Tolbert filed a
claim with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission alleging discrimination
based on disability. The Company has responded to the claim denying the
allegations and the EEOC issued a "no cause" finding and a right to sue letter
to Mr. Tolbert.

Commonwealth Bank of Australia v. Deltec Corporation, Decision Data Service,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inc. and Gary Electric
- -----------------------

The Bank brought an action in the Supreme Court of New York in June, 1993
alleging damages in the amount of $29,132.76 from a failed uninterruptible power
system manufactured by Deltec, sold by Decision Data and installed by Gary
Electric. The Company has answered the Complaint, denying any liability to the
Bank. The Company has notified Deltec that it expects Deltec to indemnify the
Company pursuant to a provision in the Distribution Agreement dated October 22,
1992 between Deltec and the Company.

Mark Kane
- ---------
Mr. Kane, a former employee who was terminated in 1994, filed a charge with the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and filed a lawsuit in the King County
Superior Court, State of Washington, alleging reverse discrimination based on
sex and race (white male). Mr. Kane is seeking back pay, front pay, lost wages,
pension benefits, insurance benefits and attorney's fees. All of Mr. Kane's
claims have been dismissed by the Court as a result of the Company's Motion for
Summary Judgment. Mr. Kane is appealing that dismissal.

Anthony Bamber
- --------------
Mr. Bamber, a former employee of the Company, has filed a lawsuit in the Court
of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania alleging a breach of his
severance agreement by the Company.  Pursuant to his severance arrangement, in
the event that Mr. Bamber became employed by another organization during his
severance (the twelve months from January 1993 to January 1994) the amount of

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Mr. Bamber's severance was to be reduced by one-half and the providing of his
medical insurance was to cease. The Company notified Mr. Bamber that it had
reason to believe that he became employed by another organization in April 1993
and, accordingly, reduced his severance by one-half from that time. Mr. Bamber
has disagreed with the Company's position claiming that he received no
compensation and was acting only as a consultant for this other organization and
therefore was not employed by that organization within the meaning of his
severance agreement.

The amount in dispute is approximately $57,000.00. The Company has responded to
the lawsuit and the matter is in the discovery stage.

Gina Furtak
- -----------

Gina Furtak, a former employee of the Company, has filed a claim with the
Illinois Human Rights Commission and also with the United States District Court
in Illinois alleging sexual harassment while she was employed with the Company.
Ms. Furtak is claiming damages in an unspecified amount. This matter is in its
early stages of discovery.

William Whelan
- --------------

William Whelan, a former employee of the Company, has filed a claim with the
Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission alleging that he was discriminated
against because of his age. At the time of the termination of his employment,
Mr. Whelan was sixty years old. The Pennsylvania Human Relations Commission
conducted a fact-finding conference in May of 1995 and the Company is awaiting
its decision. Mr. Whelan has filed a lawsuit in the Philadelphia Court of Common
Pleas also alleging age discrimination based on the same facts.

Azalia C. Catuna
- ----------------

Ms. Catuna has filed a claim in the state of New York, Supreme Court, County of
New York, based on a product liability claim that she suffered repetitive stress
syndrome from the use of a keyboard sold to her employer by Mohawk Data
Sciences. This claim is very similar to the ones filed by Christine R. LaJoie
et.al. and Olga Brexel as previously described in this Schedule of Litigation.

The lawsuit was filed in December of 1993 and is currently in discovery stages.

Other Material Matters
- ----------------------

Revere Chemical Site - Nochamixon, PA - Environmental Protection Agency
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification - Qantel
- ------------------------

Decision Data has received a notice from the EPA that it is a potentially
responsible party as relates to the EPA's current investigation of the source,
extent and nature of the release of hazardous substances and pollutants at the
Revere Chemical site located on Route 611 north of Route 412 in Nockamixon
Township, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. This site has also been operated by ECHO,
Inc. EPA has advised that hazardous chemicals (copper ammonium sulfate) were
deposited by Mohawk Data Science drivers to the site during the early 1970's.
There is no indication that Decision Data ever deposited or released chemicals
of any kind at the site.

Decision Data has advised EPA that it did not assume liability for this site as
a result of the merger with Momentum Technologies, Inc. ("Momentum"), because
this site was not specifically identified as a liability being assumed by
Momentum at the time of its purchase of the Herkimer division of Mohawk Data
Sciences in 1986.

In December, 1992, Decision Data responded to a document request from the EPA by
providing the relevant documents which Decision Data has in its possession.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Environmental Protection Agency Matter (Bucks County, Pennsylvania)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

The EPA also notified the Company that it may be a potentially responsible party
at the site located at Boarhead Farms, Bridgeton Township, Bucks County,
Pennsylvania. As in the Nockamixon site, this site also allegedly contains
hazardous chemicals deposited by Mohawk Data Science drivers in the early
1970's. The Company has advised the EPA that it believes it has no liability in
connection with this site.

Environmental Protection Agency Matter (Oswego, New York)
- --------------------------------------------------------

The United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") issued a notice that
MDS ("MDS Herkimer") is a party to alleged pollution sites operated by PAS which
are under investigation by the EPA and the New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation ("NYSDEC"). These matters were disclosed as potential
liabilities when Momentum Technologies, Inc. acquired MDS Herkimer in May 1986,
and subsequently were assumed by Onset Corporation ("Onset") when Momentum
Technologies, Inc. was merged into Onset in September, 1988. Since Onset has
assumed the liabilities of the MDS Herkimer Division in the above matters, Onset
is responsible for any possible liabilities assessed as a result of the
activities of MDS Herkimer at the alleged PAS Central Site in Oswego, New York
and six other satellite sites sent hazardous waste.

At the present time, estimates have been made through feasibility studies by the
EPA for cleaning up the central site in Oswego, New York and the Fulton Terminal
satellite site. To the best of my knowledge, we have not been notified of any
studies issued by the EPA on the other five satellites.

The Oswego central site estimate to perform surface cleanup, new construction at
the site, water remediation treatment, and operation and maintenance of the site
was $12,868,000. This amount has been reviewed and approved by a steering
committee set up by the potentially responsible parties ("PRP") which includes
Onset. The estimated cost on the Fulton Terminal satellite site, per an EPA
study, based on incineration of the soil, is $11,000,000. This amount has been
questioned by the Steering Committee which has recommended capping, not
incinerating, at the site.

Based on data from various EPA printouts, the hazardous waste sent to PAS which
was generated by MDS Herkimer, expressed as a percentage of the total, amounted
to 1.312% by volume and 1.266% based on the number of dumps. Using the 1.312%
volume as a measure of Onset's responsibility, it is estimated that Onset's
exposure at Oswego will be $169,000 and at Fulton a range of $70,000 to
$145,000. At the present time, Onset, via Momentum Technologies, Inc., has
contributed $91,912 toward the initial cleanup of the Oswego central site.

As mentioned earlier, there are five other satellite location in which Onset is
liable for possible clean-up related costs. Based upon the above facts known at
the Fulton satellite, it is probable that we will incur charges in a range of a
worst case scenario of the above $145,000 per satellite down to an estimated
minimum of approximately $70,000.

At the end of September of 1990, Onset signed Consent Decrees relating to both
the Fulton Terminal site and the central site in Oswego. Pursuant to the former,
Onset has agreed to pay towards the initial cleanup effort approximately
$82,000, and pursuant to the latter, has agreed to pay an additional $11,000
towards the cost of a feasibility study regarding any future clean-up effort.

The signing of the aforesaid Consent Decrees does not release Onset from future
liability for the costs of any additional clean-up efforts undertaken by the
EPA. In turn, the above decrees do not materially affect the above estimated
potential liabilities of Onset in relation to these alleged pollution sites.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Patent Incentives, Inc.
- -----------------------

Patent Incentives, Inc. ("PI") sent a notice to the Company in 1990 alleging
that the Company's workstation and personal computer products infringe patents
held by PI. Based upon a review by outside patent counsel, the Company advised
PI that it does not believe these products infringe the PI patents. In addition,
to the extent there is an infringement, the Company has notified the vendors who
supply such products and has requested indemnification from them.

After hearing nothing for several years the Company has recently received a
letter form the attorney for PI again raising the claim of patent infringement
of the same patents plus two additional patents issued to PI in the interim. The
Company is currently in he process of having this matter reviewed by patent
counsel.

Government Price Audit
- ----------------------

The Company received a letter dated February 25, 1991 from GE/MATSCO regarding
the GE/MATSCO purchase order GA 8125 dated March 29, 1983 (the "Purchase Order")
to the Company. GE/MATSCO advised the Company that, as a result of its
September, 1990, settlement agreement with the U.S. Government's Department of
Justice, it was attempting to resolve certain outstanding Defense Contract Audit
Agency audits, one of which concerned the Purchase Order and a subsequent audit
report issued by the Defense Contract Audit Agency in March of 1985. The
Purchase Order was for 244 card reader/punch units (part no.8010-80) over a five
year period with an additional year option quantity of 25 units. The Government
contends that the equipment under the Purchase Order failed to meet the
exemption from submission of cost and pricing data because the equipment
furnished did not qualify as a catalog item furnished in substantial quantities
to the general public. The Defense Contract Audit Agency is of the opinion that
the use of catalog pricing in lieu of cost data resulted in overpricing on the
Purchase Order in the amount of $548,000. GE/MATSCO in its letter to the
Company requested reimbursement in the amount of $548,400 as a result of this
price adjustment.

Shortly after reviewing the February 25, 1991 letter, the Company replied to the
GE/MATSCO letter by advising that the request for reimbursement came as a
complete surprise nearly six years after the initial audit report of March,
1985. The Company further advised GE/MATSCO that due to the merger and other
reorganizations which have taken place at the Company since that time, virtually
all of the people who might have been involved in the initial contract award and
any subsequent audit are no longer with the Company. Moreover, GE/MATSCO was
advised that the Company is uncertain whether or not any of the records
pertaining to this matter are still in the Company's possession.

Since responding, the Company has received no further communication from
GE/MATSCO. 

Environmental Protection Agency - Notice of Potential Liability
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
On August 5, 1991, the Company received a Notice of Potential Liability (the
"NPL") from the Philadelphia Office of the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (the "EPA") advising of potential liability that the Company
may have incurred as a former operator of a facility at Line and Penn Streets in
Lansdale, Pennsylvania (the "Lansdale Site").

The NPL further advised the Company that, at the present time, the EPA is
planning to conduct a remedial investigation at the Lansdale Site to determine
the nature and extent of the contamination and a feasibility study to evaluate
the remedial action to be taken.

An identical NPL was sent to twenty nine (29) other parties. The EPA advised the
parties to select a steering committee responsible for representing the group's
interests. The EPA also stated that inclusion on this list of parties does not
constitute a final determination by the EPA concerning the liability of any
party.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
In the last 1970's and early 1980's, the Company was the lessee of a warehouse
located at the Lansdale Site in which the Company stored and refurbished
equipment. It is believed that the Company stored two or three barrels of
cleaning fluid at this site and these barrels are the only known potential
pollutant kept at that location. Very little activity has taken place since the
Company has received the NPL.

Pending
- -------

Bonnie Carter v. Bell Atlantic Business Systems Services, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Ms. Carter, a former employee of Bell Atlantic Business Systems Services, Inc.,
filed suit alleging age and sex discrimination. The jury found against the
Company on the age discrimination claim and the judge ruled against the Company
on the sex discrimination claim. The Company has appealed the decision to the
circuit court.

Peter Boylan v. Bell Atlantic Business Systems Services. Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Mr. Boylan, a former sales person, was discharged for unsatisfactory job
performance. Employee brought suit against the Company for sales commissions in
excess of $125,000.

James Walsh v. DecisionOne Corporation
- --------------------------------------

Mr. Walsh, a former sales person, received a severance package as part of the
restructuring activity of the Company. Employee brought suit against the Company
for sales commissions he believes he is owed.

THREATENED EMPLOYMENT CASES:
- ----------------------------

Frank Cinquemani (ADA/Age discrimination)
Spencer Schwartz (Age discrimination)
Jose Belliard (Race discrimination)
Joseph Martin (ADA (denied promotion))
Robert Adams (Canada - wrongful termination)
Kevin O'Connor (Canada - wrongful termination)

OTHER
- -----

Digital Equipment Corporation (allegations relating to purchase, sale or use of
wrongfully converted DEC parts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                          <C>                 <C>
EEOC:
- -----
 
Albert Blackson (PHRC)  - Philadelphia, PA        Age, Race, Disability
                                                  Discrimination
Peter Brennan (EEOC)    - Denver, CO              Age Discrimination
Lynn Cisar (MD HRC)     - Rockville, MD           Sex Discrimination
Robert Cummings (PHRC)  - Malvern, PA             National Origin
Joseph Hayden (EEOC)    - Louisville, KY          Age Discrimination
Melvin Jones (EEOC)     - Philadelphia, PA        Disability
John Keown (FL HRC)     - Ft. Lauderdale          Handicap/Age Discrimination
Angela Pierce EEOC)     - Chicago, IL             Sex Discrimination
John Randal (EEOC)      - Miami, FL               Age/Retaliation
Sabrina Shabnam (EEOC)  - Minneapolis, MN         Sex/Race/Retaliation
Lisa Sundberg (MN, DHR) - Minneapolis, MN         Sex Discrimination
</TABLE>

                                       6

<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 11

                   COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Year Ended June 30,
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1991          1992          1993          1994         1995         1996
                                                  ------------   -----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  before discontinued operations and
  extraordinary item............................  $(18,916,000)  $ 1,441,000  $ (5,234,000)  $10,112,000  $41,415,000  $20,789,000
Discontinued operations.........................     1,557,000    (6,323,000)   (5,356,000)           --    1,113,000           --
Extraordinary item..............................            --     7,406,000            --            --           --   (1,927,000)
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
Net income (loss)...............................  $(17,359,000)  $ 2,524,000  $(10,590,000)  $10,112,000  $42,528,000  $18,862,000
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
Primary Income (Loss) Per Share:
Weighted average number of common shares:
   Shares outstanding, beginning of year........       262,224       262,224     8,877,094     8,877,094    8,920,411    8,935,411
Average number of shares issued in 1992
  Restructuring.................................                     944,095
Average number of shares issued in 1994
  Restructuring.................................                                                  16,140
Average number of shares related to common
  stock equivalents.............................                                               1,363,521    1,574,979    2,139,160
Average number of shares issued for
  employee stock options and warrants exercised.                                                                9,329      180,612
Average number of shares issued.................                                                                           191,200
Average number of shares issued
  for initial public offering...................                                                                         1,411,475
Shares related to SAB 83........................     1,066,068     1,066,068     1,066,068     1,066,068    1,066,068    1,066,068
Shares from automatic conversion of
  redeemable preferred stock related to
  SAB 64........................................    11,271,941    11,271,941    11,271,941    11,271,941   11,271,941   11,271,941
                                                  ------------   -----------  ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------
     Total weighted average common and
       common equivalent shares
       outstanding..............................    12,600,232    13,544,328    21,215,102    22,594,764   22,842,727   25,195,867
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
Continuing operations...........................        $(1.50)       $ 0.11        $(0.25)        $0.45        $1.81        $0.83
Discontinued operations.........................        $ 0.12        $(0.47)       $(0.25)           --        $0.05           --
Extraordinary item..............................            --        $ 0.55            --            --           --       $(0.08)
                                                  ------------   -----------  ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss) per common share..............        $(1.38)       $ 0.19        $(0.50)        $0.45        $1.86        $0.75
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
Fully Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share:
Weighted average number of common shares:
   Shares outstanding, beginning of year........       262,224       262,224     8,877,094     8,877,094    8,920,411    8,935,411
Average number of shares issued in 1992
  Restructuring.................................                     944,095
Average number of shares issued in 1994
  Restructuring.................................                                                  16,140
Average number of shares related to common
  stock equivalents.............................                                               1,363,521    1,881,553    2,373,254
Average number of shares issued for
  employee stock options and warrants exercised.                                                                9,329      180,612
Average number of shares issued.................                                                                           191,200
Average number of shares issued
  for initial public offering...................                                                                         1,411,475
Shares related to SAB 83........................     1,066,068     1,066,068     1,066,068     1,066,068    1,066,068    1,066,068
Shares from automatic conversion of
  redeemable preferred stock related to
  SAB 64........................................    11,271,941    11,271,941    11,271,941    11,271,941   11,271,941   11,271,941
                                                  ------------   -----------  ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------
     Total weighted average common and
       common equivalent shares
       outstanding..............................    12,600,232    13,544,328    21,215,102    22,594,764   23,149,301   25,429,961
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
Continuing operations...........................        $(1.50)       $ 0.11        $(0.25)        $0.45        $1.79        $0.82
Discontinued operations.........................        $ 0.12        $(0.47)       $(0.25)           --        $0.05           --
Extraordinary item..............................            --        $ 0.55            --            --           --       $(0.08)
                                                  ------------   -----------  ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss) per common share..............        $(1.38)       $ 0.19        $(0.50)        $0.45        $1.84        $0.74
                                                  ============   ===========  ============   ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 21
                                  ----------


              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP.
              --------------------------------------------------



       NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                             JURISDICTION
       ------------------                             ------------

       DecisionOne Corporation                        Delaware

       DecisionOne Corporation                        Ontario

       DecisionOne Supplies, Inc.                     Delaware

       Decision Data Investment Corporation           Delaware

       Decision Data Computer International, S.A.     Switzerland

       Properties Holding Corporation                 Delaware

       IC Properties Corporation                      Delaware

 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


DecisionOne Holdings Corp.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 
333-03267 of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. on Form S-8 of our report dated August 
30, 1996 on the consolidated financial statements of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. 
and subsidiaries appearing in and incorporated by reference in the Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1996.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 25, 1996

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 24



     The undersigned hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Kenneth Draeger,
Thomas J. Fitzpatrick and Thomas M. Molchan, and each of them acting alone, his
true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to execute and cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1996 of DecisionOne Holdings Corp. and any amendments thereto pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, with all exhibits thereto and other documents
in connection therewith, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorney-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.



                                                -----------------------------
                                                /s/ Don E. Ackerman
                                                -----------------------------
                                                /s/ Bruce K. Anderson
                                                -----------------------------
Dated:                                          /s/ Michael C. Brooks
                                                -----------------------------
                                                /s/ Thomas E. McInerney
                                                -----------------------------
                                                /s/ Arthur F. Weinbach
                                                -----------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission